diff options
155 files changed, 1319 insertions, 940 deletions
diff --git a/erts/doc/src/absform.xml b/erts/doc/src/absform.xml index 174ad9c640..ab00d47425 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/absform.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/absform.xml @@ -41,21 +41,21 @@ <list type="bulleted"> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:epp"> - <c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>epp(3)</c></seealso></item> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:erl_eval"> - <c>stdlib:erl_eval(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>erl_eval(3)</c></seealso></item> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:erl_lint"> - <c>stdlib:erl_lint(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>erl_lint(3)</c></seealso></item> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:erl_parse"> - <c>sdlib:erl_parse(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>erl_parse(3)</c></seealso></item> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:erl_pp"> - <c>stdlib:erl_pp(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>erl_pp(3)</c></seealso></item> <item><seealso marker="stdlib:io"> - <c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso></item> + <c>io(3)</c></seealso></item> </list> <p>The functions are also used as input and output for parse transforms, see - the <seealso marker="compiler:compile"><c>compiler:compile(3)</c></seealso> + the <seealso marker="compiler:compile"><c>compile(3)</c></seealso> module.</p> <p>We use the function <c>Rep</c> to denote the mapping from an Erlang source @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ <title>Representation of Parse Errors and End-of-File</title> <p>In addition to the representations of forms, the list that represents a module declaration (as returned by functions in - <seealso marker="stdlib:epp"><c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso> and - <seealso marker="stdlib:erl_parse"><c>sdlib:erl_parse(3)</c></seealso>) + <seealso marker="stdlib:epp"><c>epp(3)</c></seealso> and + <seealso marker="stdlib:erl_parse"><c>erl_parse(3)</c></seealso>) can contain the following:</p> <list type="bulleted"> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/alt_dist.xml b/erts/doc/src/alt_dist.xml index f3e3260230..be969a8267 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/alt_dist.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/alt_dist.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <p>The section is a step-by-step explanation of the <c><![CDATA[uds_dist]]></c> example application (in the - <c>Kernel</c> application <c><![CDATA[examples]]></c> directory). The + Kernel application <c><![CDATA[examples]]></c> directory). The <c><![CDATA[uds_dist]]></c> application implements distribution over Unix domain sockets and is written for the Sun Solaris 2 operating environment. The mechanisms are however general and apply to any operating system Erlang @@ -379,15 +379,15 @@ (line 40) can be used to implement an interface similar to Unix <c><![CDATA[writev]]></c> for output. The Erlang runtime system could previously not use <c>outputv</c> for the - distribution, but it can as from <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.2. - As this driver was written before <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.2 it does + distribution, but it can as from ERTS 5.7.2. + As this driver was written before ERTS 5.7.2 it does not use the <c>outputv</c> callback. Using the <c>outputv</c> callback is preferred, as it reduces copying of data. (We will however use scatter/gather I/O internally in the driver.)</p> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.5.3 the driver interface was extended with + <p>As from ERTS 5.5.3 the driver interface was extended with version control and the possibility to pass capability information. - Capability flags are present on line 48. As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.4 flag + Capability flags are present on line 48. As from ERTS 5.7.4 flag <seealso marker="driver_entry#driver_flags"> <c>ERL_DRV_FLAG_SOFT_BUSY</c></seealso> is required for drivers that are to be used by the distribution. The soft busy flag implies that the diff --git a/erts/doc/src/communication.xml b/erts/doc/src/communication.xml index 632ca6c212..7e18a73aa8 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/communication.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/communication.xml @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ <p>Examples of major implementation changes:</p> <list type="bulleted"> - <item>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.5.2 exit signals to processes are truly + <item>As from ERTS 5.5.2 exit signals to processes are truly asynchronously delivered.</item> - <item>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.10 all signals from processes to ports + <item>As from ERTS 5.10 all signals from processes to ports are truly asynchronously delivered.</item> </list> </section> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/crash_dump.xml b/erts/doc/src/crash_dump.xml index d55ab222a7..a9aeb1888c 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/crash_dump.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/crash_dump.xml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <p>The Erlang crash dump had a major facelift in Erlang/OTP R9C. The information in this section is therefore not directly applicable for older dumps. However, if you use <seealso marker="observer:crashdump_viewer"> - <c>observer:crashdump_viewer(3)</c></seealso> on older dumps, + <c>crashdump_viewer(3)</c></seealso> on older dumps, the crash dumps are translated into a format similar to this.</p> </note> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ cause is external limitations, such as running out of memory. A crash dump caused by an internal error can be caused by the system reaching limits in the emulator itself (like the number of atoms - in the system, or too many simultaneous <c>ets</c> tables). Usually the + in the system, or too many simultaneous ETS tables). Usually the emulator or the operating system can be reconfigured to avoid the crash, which is why interpreting the crash dump correctly is important.</p> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Slogan: <reason></pre> <Name>:<Name>/1 <c><![CDATA[|]]></c> No function <Name>:start/2</em></tag> <item> - <p>The <c>Kernel</c>/<c>STDLIB</c> applications are + <p>The Kernel/STDLIB applications are damaged or the start script is damaged.</p> </item> <tag><em>Driver_select called with too large file descriptor @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Slogan: <reason></pre> are still connected to an application failure. There is much more information available, so a thorough reading of the crash dump can reveal the crash reason. The size of processes, - the number of <c>ets</c> tables, and the Erlang data on each process + the number of ETS tables, and the Erlang data on each process stack can be useful to find the problem.</p> </section> @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Slogan: <reason></pre> <section> <marker id="ets_tables"></marker> <title>ETS Tables</title> - <p>This section contains information about all the <c>ets</c> tables in + <p>This section contains information about all the ETS tables in the system. The following fields are of interest for each table:</p> <taglist> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/driver_entry.xml b/erts/doc/src/driver_entry.xml index dea003f091..2421e0a8d9 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/driver_entry.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/driver_entry.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <cref> <header> <copyright> - <year>2001</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2001</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ </list> </warning> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.9 (Erlang/OTP R15B) the driver interface + <p>As from ERTS 5.9 (Erlang/OTP R15B) the driver interface has been changed with larger types for the callbacks <seealso marker="#output"><c>output</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="#control"><c>control</c></seealso>, and @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <note> <p>Old drivers (compiled with an <c>erl_driver.h</c> from an - <c>ERTS</c> version earlier than 5.9) must be updated and have + ERTS version earlier than 5.9) must be updated and have to use the extended interface (with <seealso marker="erl_driver#version_management">version management </seealso>).</p> @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ typedef struct erl_drv_entry { although a driver instance has marked itself as busy (see <seealso marker="erl_driver#set_busy_port"> <c>erl_driver:set_busy_port</c></seealso>). - As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.4 this flag is required for drivers used + As from ERTS 5.7.4 this flag is required for drivers used by the Erlang distribution (the behavior has always been required by drivers used by the distribution).</p> </item> @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ typedef struct erl_drv_entry { <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="erl_driver"><c>erl_driver(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="erlang"><c>erlang(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:erl_ddll"><c>kernel:erl_ddll(3)</c></seealso></p> + <seealso marker="kernel:erl_ddll"><c>erl_ddll(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </cref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl.xml index 1578d40ef8..f62d3fb170 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl.xml @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ you want to redirect standard input or output.</p> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.9 (Erlang/OTP R15B) the runtime system does by + <p>As from ERTS 5.9 (Erlang/OTP R15B) the runtime system does by default <em>not</em> bind schedulers to logical processors. For more information, see system flag <seealso marker="#+sbt"><c>+sbt</c></seealso>.</p> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ emulator flags. <c><![CDATA[-s my_init]]></c> is an init flag, interpreted by <c><![CDATA[init]]></c>. <c><![CDATA[-sname arnie]]></c> is a user flag, stored by - <c><![CDATA[init]]></c>. It is read by <c>Kernel</c> and causes the + <c><![CDATA[init]]></c>. It is read by Kernel and causes the Erlang runtime system to become distributed. Finally, everything after <c><![CDATA[-extra]]></c> (that is, <c><![CDATA[+bertie]]></c>) is considered as plain arguments.</p> @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ <p>Sets the application configuration parameter <c><![CDATA[Par]]></c> to the value <c><![CDATA[Val]]></c> for the application <c><![CDATA[Application]]></c>; see - <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>kernel:app(4)</c></seealso> and + <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> and <seealso marker="kernel:application"> - <c>kernel:application(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>application(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="args_file"/><c><![CDATA[-args_file FileName]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ <c><![CDATA[Dir]]></c>. Used when applications are installed in another directory than <c><![CDATA[$ROOT/lib]]></c>; see <seealso marker="sasl:systools#make_script/1"> - <c>systools:make_script/1,2</c></seealso> in <c>SASL</c>.</p> + <c>systools:make_script/1,2</c></seealso> in SASL.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-code_path_cache]]></c></tag> <item> <p>Enables the code path cache of the code server; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-compile Mod1 Mod2 ...]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -212,16 +212,16 @@ <p>Specifies the name of a configuration file, <c><![CDATA[Config.config]]></c>, which is used to configure applications; see - <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>kernel:app(4)</c></seealso> and + <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> and <seealso marker="kernel:application"> - <c>kernel:application(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>application(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="connect_all"/><c><![CDATA[-connect_all false]]></c></tag> <item> <p>If this flag is present, <c><![CDATA[global]]></c> does not maintain a fully connected network of distributed Erlang nodes, and then global name registration cannot be used; see - <seealso marker="kernel:global"><c>kernel:global(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:global"><c>global(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-cookie Cookie]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ <item> <p>Starts heartbeat monitoring of the Erlang runtime system; see <seealso marker="kernel:heart"> - <c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-hidden]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ nodes are part of the result from <c><![CDATA[nodes/0]]></c> on the other node. See also hidden global groups; <seealso marker="kernel:global_group"> - <c>kernel:global_group(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>global_group(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-hosts Hosts]]></c></tag> <item> <p>Specifies the IP addresses for the hosts on which Erlang boot servers are running, see <seealso marker="kernel:erl_boot_server"> - <c>kernel:erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>. This flag + <c>erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>. This flag is mandatory if flag <c><![CDATA[-loader inet]]></c> is present.</p> <p>The IP addresses must be specified in the standard form (four decimal numbers separated by periods, for example, @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ <item> <p>Makes the Erlang runtime system invoke <c><![CDATA[make:all()]]></c> in the current working directory and then terminate; see - <seealso marker="tools:make"><c>tools:make(3)</c></seealso>. Implies + <seealso marker="tools:make"><c>make(3)</c></seealso>. Implies <c><![CDATA[-noinput]]></c>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-man Module]]></c></tag> @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ <p>Indicates if the system is to load code dynamically (<c><![CDATA[interactive]]></c>), or if all code is to be loaded during system initialization (<c><![CDATA[embedded]]></c>); see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>. Defaults to <c><![CDATA[interactive]]></c>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-name Name]]></c></tag> @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ <p>Makes the Erlang runtime system into a distributed node. This flag invokes all network servers necessary for a node to become distributed; see <seealso marker="kernel:net_kernel"> - <c>kernel:net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>. It is also ensured that + <c>net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>. It is also ensured that <c><![CDATA[epmd]]></c> runs on the current host before Erlang is started; see <seealso marker="epmd"><c>epmd(1)</c></seealso>.and the <seealso marker="#start_epmd"><c>-start_epmd</c></seealso> option.</p> @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ <item> <p>Disables the sticky directory facility of the Erlang code server; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-oldshell]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -394,23 +394,23 @@ <item> <p>Adds the specified directories to the beginning of the code path, similar to <c><![CDATA[code:add_pathsa/1]]></c>; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>. As an alternative to <c>-pa</c>, if several directories are to be prepended to the code path and the directories have a common parent directory, that parent directory can be specified in environment variable <c>ERL_LIBS</c>; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-pz Dir1 Dir2 ...]]></c></tag> <item> <p>Adds the specified directories to the end of the code path, similar to <c><![CDATA[code:add_pathsz/1]]></c>; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-path Dir1 Dir2 ...]]></c></tag> <item> <p>Replaces the path specified in the boot script; see - <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>sasl:script(4)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>script(4)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-proto_dist Proto]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ <item> <p>Specifies an alternative to <c><![CDATA[rsh]]></c> for starting a slave node on a remote host; see - <seealso marker="stdlib:slave"><c>stdlib:slave(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:slave"><c>slave(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[-run Mod [Func [Arg1, Arg2, ...]]]]></c> (init flag)</tag> @@ -612,11 +612,11 @@ </item> <tag><marker id="+e"/><c><![CDATA[+e Number]]></c></tag> <item> - <p>Sets the maximum number of <c>ets</c> tables.</p> + <p>Sets the maximum number of ETS tables.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+ec]]></c></tag> <item> - <p>Forces option <c>compressed</c> on all <c>ets</c> tables. + <p>Forces option <c>compressed</c> on all ETS tables. Only intended for test and evaluation.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="file_name_encoding"></marker> @@ -627,11 +627,11 @@ code points > 255.</p> <p>For more information about Unicode filenames, see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_file_names">Unicode - Filenames</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> User's Guide. Notice that + Filenames</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide. Notice that this value also applies to command-line parameters and environment variables (see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_in_environment_and_parameters"> - Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> + Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide).</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+fnu[{w|i|e}]]]></c></tag> @@ -663,11 +663,11 @@ points to an invalid filename.</p> <p>For more information about Unicode filenames, see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_file_names">Unicode - Filenames</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> User's Guide. Notice that + Filenames</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide. Notice that this value also applies to command-line parameters and environment variables (see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_in_environment_and_parameters"> - Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> + Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide).</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+fna[{w|i|e}]]]></c></tag> @@ -684,11 +684,11 @@ selected, then <c>w</c>, <c>i</c>, or <c>e</c> have no effect.</p> <p>For more information about Unicode filenames, see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_file_names">Unicode - Filenames</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> User's Guide. Notice that + Filenames</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide. Notice that this value also applies to command-line parameters and environment variables (see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_in_environment_and_parameters"> - Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> + Unicode in Enviroment and Parameters</seealso> in the STDLIB User's Guide).</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+hms Size]]></c></tag> @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ example, your font does not cover all Unicode characters.</item> </taglist> <p>See also <seealso marker="stdlib:io#printable_range/0"> - <c>io:printable_range/0</c></seealso> in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + <c>io:printable_range/0</c></seealso> in STDLIB.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="+P"/><marker id="max_processes"/><c><![CDATA[+P Number]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+r]]></c></tag> <item> - <p>Forces <c>ets</c> memory block to be moved on realloc.</p> + <p>Forces ETS memory block to be moved on realloc.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="+rg"/><c><![CDATA[+rg ReaderGroupsLimit]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ <item> <p>Enables or disables eager check I/O scheduling. Defaults to <c>true</c>. The default was changed from <c>false</c> - as from <c>ERTS</c> 7.0. The behavior before this + as from ERTS 7.0. The behavior before this flag was introduced corresponds to <c>+secio false</c>.</p> <p>The flag effects when schedulers will check for I/O operations possible to execute, and when such I/O operations @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ <tag><marker id="+sws"/><c>+sws default|legacy</c></tag> <item> <p>Sets scheduler wakeup strategy. Default strategy changed in - <c>ERTS</c> 5.10 (Erlang/OTP R16A). This strategy was known as + ERTS 5.10 (Erlang/OTP R16A). This strategy was known as <c>proposal</c> in Erlang/OTP R15. The <c>legacy</c> strategy was used as default from R13 up to and including R15.</p> <note> @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ The current mapping can be retrieved using <c><![CDATA[error_logger:warning_map/0]]></c>. For more information, see <seealso marker="kernel:error_logger#warning_map/0"> - <c>error_logger:warning_map/0</c></seealso> in <c>Kernel</c>.</p> + <c>error_logger:warning_map/0</c></seealso> in Kernel.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[+zFlag Value]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ <c><![CDATA[ERL_CRASH_DUMP_SECONDS=-1]]></c>, the runtime system waits indefinitely for the crash dump file to be written.</p> <p>This variable is used with <seealso marker="kernel:heart"> - <c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso> if <c>heart</c> is running:</p> + <c>heart(3)</c></seealso> if <c>heart</c> is running:</p> <taglist> <tag><c><![CDATA[ERL_CRASH_DUMP_SECONDS=0]]></c></tag> <item>Suppresses the writing a crash dump file entirely, thus @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ <item> <p>Contains a list of additional library directories that the code server searches for applications and adds to the code path; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[ERL_EPMD_ADDRESS]]></c></tag> <item> @@ -1631,14 +1631,14 @@ code:load_abs("..../user_default"). ]]></code> <seealso marker="erts_alloc"><c>erts_alloc(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="init"><c>init(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="kernel:application"> - <c>kernel:application(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:auth"><c>kernel:auth(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>, + <c>application(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:auth"><c>auth(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="kernel:erl_boot_server"> - <c>kernel:erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:net_kernel"><c>kernel:net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="tools:make"><c>tools:make(3)</c></seealso></p> + <c>erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>heart(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:net_kernel"><c>net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="tools:make"><c>make(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </comref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_dist_protocol.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_dist_protocol.xml index a5949ce15f..ee74983730 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_dist_protocol.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_dist_protocol.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ <header> <copyright> <year>2007</year> - <year>2015</year> + <year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB, All Rights Reserved</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ </item> <item> <p>Authentication (done by <seealso marker="kernel:net_kernel"> - <c>kernel:net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>) (3)</p> + <c>net_kernel(3)</c></seealso>) (3)</p> </item> <item> <p>Connected (4)</p> @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n", <p>Every message in the handshake starts with a 16-bit big-endian integer, which contains the message length (not counting the two initial bytes). In Erlang this corresponds to option <c>{packet, 2}</c> in - <seealso marker="kernel:gen_tcp"><c>kernel:gen_tcp(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:gen_tcp"><c>gen_tcp(3)</c></seealso>. Notice that after the handshake, the distribution switches to 4 byte packet headers.</p> </section> @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)? <section> <marker id="connected_nodes"/> <title>Protocol between Connected Nodes</title> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.2 the runtime system passes a distribution flag + <p>As from ERTS 5.7.2 the runtime system passes a distribution flag in the handshake stage that enables the use of a <seealso marker="erl_ext_dist#distribution_header">distribution header </seealso> on all messages passed. Messages passed between nodes have in @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)? number is omitted from the terms that follow a distribution header </seealso>.</p> - <p>Nodes with an <c>ERTS</c> version earlier than 5.7.2 does not pass the + <p>Nodes with an ERTS version earlier than 5.7.2 does not pass the distribution flag that enables the distribution header. Messages passed between nodes have in this case the following format:</p> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_driver.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_driver.xml index 8e83b74986..836a58a676 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_driver.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_driver.xml @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ </list> </warning> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.5.3 the driver interface has been extended + <p>As from ERTS 5.5.3 the driver interface has been extended (see <seealso marker="driver_entry#extended_marker"> <c>extended marker</c></seealso>). The extended interface introduces <seealso marker="#version_management">version management</seealso>, @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ initialization, and some new driver API functions.</p> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.9 old drivers must be recompiled + <p>As from ERTS 5.9 old drivers must be recompiled and use the extended interface. They must also be adjusted to the <seealso marker="#rewrites_for_64_bits"> 64-bit capable driver interface</seealso>.</p> @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <section> <marker id="rewrites_for_64_bits"/> <title>Rewrites for 64-Bit Driver Interface</title> - <p><c>ERTS</c> 5.9 introduced two new integer types, + <p>ERTS 5.9 introduced two new integer types, <seealso marker="#ErlDrvSizeT"><c>ErlDrvSizeT</c></seealso> and <seealso marker="#ErlDrvSSizeT"><c>ErlDrvSSizeT</c></seealso>, which can hold 64-bit sizes if necessary.</p> @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ to get better warnings. Try to find a similar flag if you use another compiler.</p> - <p>The following is a checklist for rewriting a pre <c>ERTS</c> 5.9 driver, + <p>The following is a checklist for rewriting a pre ERTS 5.9 driver, most important first:</p> <taglist> @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ typedef struct ErlDrvBinary { <p>Notice that as a driver binary is shared by the driver and the emulator. A binary received from the emulator or sent to the emulator must not be changed by the driver.</p> - <p>Since <c>ERTS</c> 5.5 (Erlang/OTP R11B), <c>orig_bytes</c> is + <p>Since ERTS 5.5 (Erlang/OTP R11B), <c>orig_bytes</c> is guaranteed to be properly aligned for storage of an array of doubles (usually 8-byte aligned).</p> </item> @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ r = driver_async(myPort, &myKey, myData, myFunc); ]]></code> <p>The return value is <c>-1</c> if the <c>driver_async</c> call fails.</p> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.5.4.3 the default stack size for + <p>As from ERTS 5.5.4.3 the default stack size for threads in the async-thread pool is 16 kilowords, that is, 64 kilobyte on 32-bit architectures. This small default size has been chosen because the @@ -2534,11 +2534,11 @@ ERL_DRV_MAP int sz</pre> <p>The unsigned integer data type <c>ErlDrvUInt</c> and the signed integer data type <c>ErlDrvSInt</c> are 64 bits wide on a 64-bit runtime system and 32 bits wide on a 32-bit - runtime system. They were introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.6 + runtime system. They were introduced in ERTS 5.6 and replaced some of the <c>int</c> arguments in the list above.</p> <p>The unsigned integer data type <c>ErlDrvUInt64</c> and the signed integer data type <c>ErlDrvSInt64</c> are always 64 bits - wide. They were introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.4.</p> + wide. They were introduced in ERTS 5.7.4.</p> <p>To build the tuple <c>{tcp, Port, [100 | Binary]}</c>, the following call can be made.</p> <code type="none"><![CDATA[ @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ erl_drv_output_term(driver_mk_port(drvport), spec, sizeof(spec) / sizeof(spec[0] <c>ERL_DRV_BINARY</c> and the <c>ErlDrvBinary</c> in question.</p> <p>The <c>ERL_DRV_UINT</c>, <c>ERL_DRV_BUF2BINARY</c>, and <c>ERL_DRV_EXT2TERM</c> term types were introduced in - <c>ERTS</c> 5.6.</p> + ERTS 5.6.</p> <p>This function is only thread-safe when the emulator with SMP support is used.</p> </desc> @@ -3213,7 +3213,7 @@ erl_drv_output_term(driver_mk_port(drvport), spec, sizeof(spec) / sizeof(spec[0] <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="driver_entry"><c>driver_entry(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="erlang"><c>erlang(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:erl_ddll"><c>kernel:erl_ddll(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:erl_ddll"><c>erl_ddll(3)</c></seealso>, section <seealso marker="alt_dist">How to Implement an Alternative Carrier for the Erlang Distribution></seealso> in the User's Guide</p> </section> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_ext_dist.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_ext_dist.xml index fed41098f8..4f799f8f34 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_ext_dist.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_ext_dist.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ <header> <copyright> <year>2007</year> - <year>2015</year> + <year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB, All Rights Reserved</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ <tcaption>Compressed Data Format when Expanded</tcaption></table> <marker id="utf8_atoms"/> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.10 (OTP R16) support + <p>As from ERTS 5.10 (OTP R16) support for UTF-8 encoded atoms has been introduced in the external format. However, only characters that can be encoded using Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1) are currently supported in atoms. The support for UTF-8 encoded atoms @@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ <title>Distribution Header</title> <p> <marker id="distribution_header"/> - As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.2 the old atom cache protocol was + As from ERTS 5.7.2 the old atom cache protocol was dropped and a new one was introduced. This protocol - introduced the distribution header. Nodes with an <c>ERTS</c> version + introduced the distribution header. Nodes with an ERTS version earlier than 5.7.2 can still communicate with new nodes, but no distribution header and no atom cache are used.</p> <p> @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ </p> <note> <p> - <c>SMALL_ATOM_EXT</c> was introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.7.2 and + <c>SMALL_ATOM_EXT</c> was introduced in ERTS 5.7.2 and require an exchange of distribution flag <seealso marker="erl_dist_protocol#dflags"> <c>DFLAG_SMALL_ATOM_TAGS</c></seealso> in the diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_nif.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_nif.xml index 4ec5ab78d8..b5dc9037c4 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_nif.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_nif.xml @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ return term;</code> register/unregister its name, and so on.</p> <p>Termination of a process executing a dirty NIF can only be completed up to a certain point while it executes the dirty NIF. - All Erlang resources, such as its registered name and its <c>ets</c> + All Erlang resources, such as its registered name and its ETS tables, are released. All links and monitors are triggered. The execution of the NIF is, however, <em>not</em> stopped. The NIF can safely continue execution, allocate heap memory, and so on, @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ typedef enum { <seealso marker="#enif_raise_exception"> <c>enif_raise_exception</c></seealso>.</p> <note> - <p>Before <c>ERTS</c> 7.0 (Erlang/OTP 18), the return value + <p>Before ERTS 7.0 (Erlang/OTP 18), the return value from <c>enif_make_badarg</c> had to be returned from the NIF. This requirement is now lifted as the return value from the NIF is ignored if <c>enif_make_badarg</c> has been invoked.</p> @@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ enif_map_iterator_destroy(env, &iter);</code> thread.</p> <note> <p>Passing <c>msg_env</c> as <c>NULL</c> is only supported as from - <c>ERTS</c> 8.0 (Erlang/OTP 19).</p> + ERTS 8.0 (Erlang/OTP 19).</p> </note> </desc> </func> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_prim_loader.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_prim_loader.xml index 86a3b98eda..286bac6c93 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_prim_loader.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_prim_loader.xml @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ for example, <c>$OTPROOT/lib/</c><c>mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin/</c><c>mnesia.beam</c>. For information about archive files, see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ for example, <c>$OTPROOT/lib/</c><c>mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin</c>. For information about archive files, see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -98,18 +98,18 @@ <p>Retrieves information about a file. Returns <c>{ok, <anno>FileInfo</anno>}</c> if successful, otherwise <c>error</c>. <c><anno>FileInfo</anno></c> is a record - <c>file_info</c>, defined in the <c>Kernel</c> include file + <c>file_info</c>, defined in the Kernel include file <c>file.hrl</c>. Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:</p> <code type="none"> -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").</code> <p>For more information about the record <c>file_info</c>, see - <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>kernel:file(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>file(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p><c><anno>Filename</anno></c> can also be a file in an archive, for example, <c>$OTPROOT/lib/</c><c>mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin/</c><c>mnesia</c>. For information about archive files, see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ can use. This flag is mandatory if flag <c>-loader inet</c> is present. On each host, there must be on Erlang node with the <seealso marker="kernel:erl_boot_server"> - <c>kernel:erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>, + <c>erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso>, which handles the load requests. <c>Hosts</c> is a list of IP addresses (hostnames are not acceptable).</p> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="init"><c>init(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="kernel:erl_boot_server"> - <c>kernel:erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso></p> + <c>erl_boot_server(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </erlref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erl_tracer.xml b/erts/doc/src/erl_tracer.xml index 131157eef8..83eef374ca 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erl_tracer.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erl_tracer.xml @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ specified.</p> <p>For more information on what <c>Label</c> and <c>SeqTraceInfo</c> can be, see <seealso marker="kernel:seq_trace"> - <c>kernel:seq_trace(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>seq_trace(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erlang.xml b/erts/doc/src/erlang.xml index d5eae2d66d..d0a3a77e43 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erlang.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erlang.xml @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).</code> 2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}). <<1,2>></code> <p>For details about the <c><anno>PosLen</anno></c> semantics, see - <seealso marker="stdlib:binary"><c>stdlib:binary(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:binary"><c>binary(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>Allowed in guard tests.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).</code> this function is deprecated.</em> New code is to use <seealso marker="stdlib:binary#bin_to_list/3"> <c>binary:bin_to_list/3</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c> instead. All functions in module + in STDLIB instead. All functions in module <c>binary</c> consistently use zero-based indexing.</p> </note> </desc> @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).</code> <p>Returns <c>true</c> if <c><anno>Module</anno></c> has old code, otherwise <c>false</c>.</p> <p>See also <seealso marker="kernel:code"> - <c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).</code> </p> </note> <p>See also <seealso marker="kernel:code"> - <c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>Failures:</p> <taglist> <tag><c>badarg</c></tag> @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).</code> otherwise <c>true</c>.</p> <warning> <p>This BIF is intended for the code server (see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>) + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>) and is not to be used elsewhere.</p> </warning> <p>Failure: <c>badarg</c> if there already is an old version of @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ os_prompt%</pre> </taglist> <warning> <p>This BIF is intended for the code server (see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>) + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>) and is not to be used elsewhere.</p> </warning> </desc> @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ os_prompt%</pre> <p>Returns a list of all loaded Erlang modules (current and old code), including preloaded modules.</p> <p>See also <seealso marker="kernel:code"> - <c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ os_prompt%</pre> </item> <tag><c>ets</c></tag> <item> - <p>The total amount of memory currently allocated for <c>ets</c> + <p>The total amount of memory currently allocated for ETS tables. This memory is part of the memory presented as <c>system</c> memory.</p> </item> @@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ os_prompt%</pre> <p>For information on how to run the emulator with instrumentation, see <seealso marker="tools:instrument"> - <c>tools:instrument(3)</c></seealso> + <c>instrument(3)</c></seealso> and/or <seealso marker="erl"><c>erl(1)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> </taglist> @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> memory blocks.</p> </note> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.6.4, <c>erlang:memory/0</c> requires that + <p>As from ERTS 5.6.4, <c>erlang:memory/0</c> requires that all <seealso marker="erts:erts_alloc"><c>erts_alloc(3)</c></seealso> allocators are enabled (default behavior).</p> </note> @@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> of <c>memory_type()</c> atoms, in which case a corresponding list of <c>{memory_type(), Size :: integer >= 0}</c> tuples is returned.</p> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.6.4, + <p>As from ERTS 5.6.4, <c>erlang:memory/1</c> requires that all <seealso marker="erts_alloc"><c>erts_alloc(3)</c></seealso> allocators are enabled (default behavior).</p> @@ -3002,7 +3002,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> the module.</p> <warning> <p>This BIF is intended for the code server (see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>) + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>) and is not to be used elsewhere.</p> </warning> </desc> @@ -3225,13 +3225,13 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> time-out for the <em>monitored node</em> to connect itself, even if it cannot be actively connected from this node (that is, it is blocked). The state where this can be useful - can only be achieved by using the <c>Kernel</c> option + can only be achieved by using the Kernel option <c>dist_auto_connect once</c>. If that option is not used, option <c>allow_passive_connect</c> has no effect.</p> <note> <p>Option <c>allow_passive_connect</c> is used internally and is seldom needed in applications where the - network topology and the <c>Kernel</c> options in effect + network topology and the Kernel options in effect are known in advance.</p> </note> <p>Failure: <c>badarg</c> if the local node is not alive or the @@ -3297,9 +3297,9 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <desc> <p>Works exactly like <seealso marker="#error/1"><c>error/1</c></seealso>, but - <c>Dialyzer</c> thinks that this BIF will return an arbitrary + Dialyzer thinks that this BIF will return an arbitrary term. When used in a stub function for a NIF to generate an - exception when the NIF library is not loaded, <c>Dialyzer</c> + exception when the NIF library is not loaded, Dialyzer does not generate false warnings.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -3310,9 +3310,9 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <desc> <p>Works exactly like <seealso marker="#error/2"><c>error/2</c></seealso>, but - <c>Dialyzer</c> thinks that this BIF will return an arbitrary + Dialyzer thinks that this BIF will return an arbitrary term. When used in a stub function for a NIF to generate an - exception when the NIF library is not loaded, <c>Dialyzer</c> + exception when the NIF library is not loaded, Dialyzer does not generate false warnings.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -3435,9 +3435,9 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> translation or to force, for example UTF-8, supply the executable and/or arguments as a binary in the correct encoding. For details, see the module - <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>kernel:file(3)</c></seealso>, the + <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>file(3)</c></seealso>, the function <seealso marker="kernel:file#native_name_encoding/0"> - <c>file:native_name_encoding/0</c></seealso> in <c>Kernel</c>, and + <c>file:native_name_encoding/0</c></seealso> in Kernel, and the <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage"> <c>Using Unicode in Erlang</c></seealso> User's Guide.</p> <note> @@ -3749,7 +3749,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> the owning process using signals of the form <c>{'EXIT', Port, PosixCode}</c>. For the possible values of <c>PosixCode</c>, see - <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>kernel:file(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>file(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>The maximum number of ports that can be open at the same time can be configured by passing command-line flag <seealso marker="erl#max_ports"><c>+Q</c></seealso> to @@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <desc> <p>Portable hash function that gives the same hash for the same Erlang term regardless of machine architecture and - <c>ERTS</c> version (the BIF was introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 4.9.1.1). + ERTS version (the BIF was introduced in ERTS 4.9.1.1). The function returns a hash value for <c><anno>Term</anno></c> within the range <c>1..<anno>Range</anno></c>. The maximum value for @@ -3784,7 +3784,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <desc> <p>Portable hash function that gives the same hash for the same Erlang term regardless of machine architecture and - <c>ERTS</c> version (the BIF was introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.2). + ERTS version (the BIF was introduced in ERTS 5.2). The function returns a hash value for <c><anno>Term</anno></c> within the range <c>0..<anno>Range</anno>-1</c>. The maximum value for @@ -4347,7 +4347,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <fsummary>Information about the queue size of a port.</fsummary> <desc> <p><c><anno>Bytes</anno></c> is the total number - of bytes queued by the port using the <c>ERTS</c> driver queue + of bytes queued by the port using the ERTS driver queue implementation.</p> <p>If the port identified by <c><anno>Port</anno></c> is not open, <c>undefined</c> is returned. If the port is closed and the @@ -4455,12 +4455,12 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> </desc> </func> - <marker id="process_flag_min_heap_size"/> <func> <name name="process_flag" arity="2" clause_i="3"/> <fsummary>Set process flag min_heap_size for the calling process. </fsummary> <desc> + <marker id="process_flag_min_heap_size"/> <p>Changes the minimum heap size for the calling process.</p> <p>Returns the old value of the flag.</p> </desc> @@ -4477,13 +4477,13 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> </desc> </func> - <marker id="process_flag_max_heap_size"/> <func> <name name="process_flag" arity="2" clause_i="5"/> <fsummary>Set process flag max_heap_size for the calling process. </fsummary> <type name="max_heap_size"/> <desc> + <marker id="process_flag_max_heap_size"/> <p>This flag sets the maximum heap size for the calling process. If <c><anno>MaxHeapSize</anno></c> is an integer, the system default values for <c>kill</c> and <c>error_logger</c> are used. @@ -4551,13 +4551,13 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> </desc> </func> - <marker id="process_flag_message_queue_data"/> <func> <name name="process_flag" arity="2" clause_i="6"/> <fsummary>Set process flag message_queue_data for the calling process. </fsummary> <type name="message_queue_data"/> <desc> + <marker id="process_flag_message_queue_data"/> <p>This flag determines how messages in the message queue are stored, as follows:</p> <taglist> @@ -4573,7 +4573,7 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> <p>All messages in the message queue will eventually be placed on heap. They can however temporarily be stored off heap. This is how messages always have been stored - up until <c>ERTS</c> 8.0.</p> + up until ERTS 8.0.</p> </item> </taglist> <p>The default <c>message_queue_data</c> process flag is determined @@ -5153,11 +5153,11 @@ RealSystem = system + MissedSystem</code> that no processes execute old code in the module.</p> <warning> <p>This BIF is intended for the code server (see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>) + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>) and is not to be used elsewhere.</p> </warning> <note> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 8.0 (Erlang/OTP 19), any lingering processes + <p>As from ERTS 8.0 (Erlang/OTP 19), any lingering processes that still execute the old code is killed by this function. In earlier versions, such incorrect use could cause much more fatal failures, like emulator crash.</p> @@ -6056,7 +6056,7 @@ true</pre> <p>If <c><anno>Dest</anno></c> is a <c>pid()</c>, the timer is automatically canceled if the process referred to by the <c>pid()</c> is not alive, or if the process exits. This - feature was introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.4.11. Notice that + feature was introduced in ERTS 5.4.11. Notice that timers are not automatically canceled when <c><anno>Dest</anno></c> is an <c>atom()</c>.</p> <p>See also @@ -6157,7 +6157,7 @@ true</pre> system flag <seealso marker="#system_flag_microstate_accounting"> <c>microstate_accounting</c></seealso>.</p> <p><c>statistics(microstate_accounting)</c> returns a list of maps - representing some of the OS threads within <c>ERTS</c>. Each map + representing some of the OS threads within ERTS. Each map contains <c>type</c> and <c>id</c> fields that can be used to identify what thread it is, and also a counters field that contains data about how @@ -6249,7 +6249,7 @@ lists:map( <c>scheduler_wall_time</c> fraction. Without extra states this time is part of the <c>other</c> state.</item> <tag><c>ets</c></tag> - <item>Time spent executing <c>ets</c> BIFs. Without extra states + <item>Time spent executing ETS BIFs. Without extra states this time is part of the <c>emulator</c> state.</item> <tag><c>gc_full</c></tag> <item>Time spent doing fullsweep garbage collection. Without extra @@ -6265,7 +6265,7 @@ lists:map( part of the <c>other</c> state.</item> </taglist> <p>The utility module - <seealso marker="runtime_tools:msacc"><c>runtime_tools:msacc(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="runtime_tools:msacc"><c>msacc(3)</c></seealso> can be used to more easily analyse these statistics.</p> <p>Returns <c>undefined</c> if system flag <seealso marker="#system_flag_microstate_accounting"> @@ -6288,7 +6288,7 @@ lists:map( <pre> > <input>statistics(reductions).</input> {2046,11}</pre> - <note><p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.5 (Erlang/OTP R11B), + <note><p>As from ERTS 5.5 (Erlang/OTP R11B), this value does not include reductions performed in current time slices of currently scheduled processes. If an exact value is wanted, use @@ -6745,12 +6745,12 @@ ok </desc> </func> - <marker id="system_flag_max_heap_size"></marker> <func> <name name="system_flag" arity="2" clause_i="8"/> <fsummary>Set system flag max_heap_size.</fsummary> <type name="max_heap_size"/> <desc> + <marker id="system_flag_max_heap_size"></marker> <p> Sets the default maximum heap size settings for processes. The size is specified in words. The new <c>max_heap_size</c> @@ -7107,7 +7107,7 @@ ok <item> <marker id="system_info_alloc_util_allocators"></marker> <p>Returns a list of the names of all allocators using - the <c>ERTS</c> internal <c>alloc_util</c> framework + the ERTS internal <c>alloc_util</c> framework as atoms. For more information, see section <seealso marker="erts:erts_alloc#alloc_util">The alloc_util framework</seealso> @@ -7117,7 +7117,7 @@ ok <item> <marker id="system_info_allocator_tuple"></marker> <p>Returns information about the specified allocator. - As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.6.1, the return value is a list + As from ERTS 5.6.1, the return value is a list of <c>{instance, InstanceNo, InstanceInfo}</c> tuples, where <c>InstanceInfo</c> contains information about a specific instance of the allocator. @@ -7134,8 +7134,8 @@ ok <p>The recognized allocators are listed in <seealso marker="erts:erts_alloc"><c>erts_alloc(3)</c></seealso>. Information about super carriers can be obtained from - <c>ERTS</c> 8.0 with <c>{allocator, erts_mmap}</c> or from - <c>ERTS</c> 5.10.4; the returned list when calling with + ERTS 8.0 with <c>{allocator, erts_mmap}</c> or from + ERTS 5.10.4; the returned list when calling with <c>{allocator, mseg_alloc}</c> also includes an <c>{erts_mmap, _}</c> tuple as one element in the list.</p> <p>After reading the <c>erts_alloc(3)</c> documentation, @@ -7619,7 +7619,7 @@ ok (for example, <c>./configure --with-dynamic-trace=dtrace</c>). For more information about dynamic tracing, see <seealso marker="runtime_tools:dyntrace"> - <c>runtime_tools:dyntrace(3)</c></seealso> manual page and the + <c>dyntrace(3)</c></seealso> manual page and the <c>README.dtrace</c>/<c>README.systemtap</c> files in the Erlang source code top directory.</p> </item> @@ -7659,7 +7659,7 @@ ok </item> <tag><c>ets_limit</c></tag> <item> - <p>Returns the maximum number of <c>ets</c> tables allowed. This + <p>Returns the maximum number of ETS tables allowed. This limit can be increased at startup by passing command-line flag <seealso marker="erts:erl#+e"><c>+e</c></seealso> to @@ -7847,7 +7847,7 @@ ok <item> <marker id="system_info_otp_release"></marker> <p>Returns a string containing the OTP release number of the - OTP release that the currently executing <c>ERTS</c> application + OTP release that the currently executing ERTS application is part of.</p> <p>As from Erlang/OTP 17, the OTP release number corresponds to the major OTP version number. No @@ -8222,7 +8222,7 @@ ok <tag><c>tolerant_timeofday</c></tag> <item> <marker id="system_info_tolerant_timeofday"></marker> - <p>Returns whether a pre <c>ERTS</c> 7.0 backwards compatible + <p>Returns whether a pre ERTS 7.0 backwards compatible compensation for sudden changes of system time is <c>enabled</c> or <c>disabled</c>. Such compensation is <c>enabled</c> when the <seealso marker="#system_info_time_offset">time offset</seealso> @@ -8290,8 +8290,8 @@ ok <p>Argument <c>scheduler</c> has changed name to <c>scheduler_id</c> to avoid mix up with argument <c>schedulers</c>. Argument <c>scheduler</c> was - introduced in <c>ERTS</c> 5.5 and renamed in - <c>ERTS</c> 5.5.1.</p> + introduced in ERTS 5.5 and renamed in + ERTS 5.5.1.</p> </note> </desc> </func> @@ -9451,7 +9451,7 @@ timestamp() -> <desc> <p>The delivery of trace messages (generated by <seealso marker="#trace/3"><c>erlang:trace/3</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:seq_trace"><c>kernel:seq_trace(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:seq_trace"><c>seq_trace(3)</c></seealso>, or <seealso marker="#system_profile/2"> <c>erlang:system_profile/2</c></seealso>) is dislocated on the time-line diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erlc.xml b/erts/doc/src/erlc.xml index ca3412b72c..7355be488b 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erlc.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erlc.xml @@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ erlc +export_all file.erl</pre> <section> <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="erl"><c>erl(1)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="compiler:compile"><c>compiler:compile(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="parsetools:yecc"><c>parsetools:yecc(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="snmp:snmp"><c>snmp:snmp(3)</c></seealso></p> + <seealso marker="compiler:compile"><c>compile(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="parsetools:yecc"><c>yecc(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="snmp:snmp"><c>snmp(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </comref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erlsrv.xml b/erts/doc/src/erlsrv.xml index 53583b625d..6c08b25220 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erlsrv.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erlsrv.xml @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ void initialize_handler(void){ <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="start_erl"><c>start_erl(1)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="sasl:release_handler"> - <c>sasl:release_handler(3)</c></seealso></p> + <c>release_handler(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </comref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/erts_alloc.xml b/erts/doc/src/erts_alloc.xml index a43f51b10a..8ab35851c1 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/erts_alloc.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/erts_alloc.xml @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ If it satisfies the request, it is used, otherwise a new carrier is created. The implementation has a time complexity that is constant.</p> - <p>As from <c>ERTS</c> 5.6.1 the emulator refuses to + <p>As from ERTS 5.6.1 the emulator refuses to use this strategy on other allocators than <c>temp_alloc</c>. This because it only causes problems for other allocators.</p> </item> @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ enabled) is passed instead of a <c><![CDATA[<utilization>]]></c>, a recomended non-zero utilization value is used. The value chosen depends on the allocator type and can be changed between - <c>ERTS</c> versions. Defaults to <c>de</c>, but this + ERTS versions. Defaults to <c>de</c>, but this can be changed in the future.</p> <p>Carriers are abandoned when memory utilization in the allocator instance falls below the @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ SMP support is <c>NoSchedulers+1</c> instances. Each scheduler uses a lock-free instance of its own and other threads use a common instance.</p> - <p>Before <c>ERTS</c> 5.9 it was possible to configure + <p>Before ERTS 5.9 it was possible to configure a smaller number of thread-specific instances than schedulers. This is, however, not possible anymore.</p> </item> @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ <p>A map over current allocations is kept by the emulator. The allocation map can be retrieved through module <seealso marker="tools:instrument"> - <c>tools:instrument(3)</c></seealso>. <c>+Mim true</c> + <c>instrument(3)</c></seealso>. <c>+Mim true</c> implies <c>+Mis true</c>. <c>+Mim true</c> is the same as flag <seealso marker="erl#instr"><c>-instr</c></seealso> in <c>erl(1)</c>.</p> @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ <p>Status over allocated memory is kept by the emulator. The allocation status can be retrieved through module <seealso marker="tools:instrument"> - <c>tools:instrument(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>instrument(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><marker id="Mit"/><c>+Mit X</c></tag> <item> @@ -737,10 +737,10 @@ <p>Disables features that cannot be enabled while creating an allocator configuration with <seealso marker="runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config"> - <c>runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <c>erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <note> <p>This option is to be used only while running - <c>runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config(3)</c>, <em>not</em> when + <c>erts_alloc_config(3)</c>, <em>not</em> when using the created configuration.</p> </note> </item> @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ </note> <p>The <seealso marker="runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config"> - <c>runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso> + <c>erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso> tool can be used to aid creation of an <c>erts_alloc</c> configuration that is suitable for a limited number of runtime scenarios.</p> @@ -791,9 +791,9 @@ <p><seealso marker="erl"><c>erl(1)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="erlang"><c>erlang(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config"> - <c>runtime_tools:erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso>, + <c>erts_alloc_config(3)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="tools:instrument"> - <c>tools:instrument(3)</c></seealso></p> + <c>instrument(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </cref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/escript.xml b/erts/doc/src/escript.xml index 602b88f6ed..1d5d280338 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/escript.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/escript.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <comref> <header> <copyright> - <year>2007</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2007</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ io:setopts([{encoding, unicode}])</code> is <c>latin1</c>, as the script runs in a non-interactive terminal (see section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#unicode_options_summary"> - Summary of Options</seealso>) in the <c>STDLIB</c> User's Guide.</p> + Summary of Options</seealso>) in the STDLIB User's Guide.</p> </note> <p>On the third line (or second line depending on the presence of the Emacs directive), arguments can be specified to @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ halt(1).</pre> as one of the emulator flags. <c>Module</c> must be the name of a module that has an exported <c>main/1</c> function. For more information about archives and code loading, see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>It is often very convenient to have a header in the escript, especially on Unix platforms. However, the header is optional, so you directly can "execute" diff --git a/erts/doc/src/inet_cfg.xml b/erts/doc/src/inet_cfg.xml index 3b104a0032..0cfcc7905d 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/inet_cfg.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/inet_cfg.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ for specific settings for Erlang to function properly on a correctly IP-configured platform.</p> - <p>When Erlang starts up it reads the <c>Kernel</c> variable + <p>When Erlang starts up it reads the Kernel variable <c><![CDATA[inetrc]]></c>, which, if defined, is to specify the location and name of a user configuration file. Example:</p> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <code type="none"><![CDATA[ % export ERL_INETRC=./cfg_files/erl_inetrc]]></code> - <p>Notice that the <c>Kernel</c> variable <c><![CDATA[inetrc]]></c> + <p>Notice that the Kernel variable <c><![CDATA[inetrc]]></c> overrides this environment variable.</p> <p>If no user configuration file is specified and Erlang is started @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <c>/etc/host.conf</c> and <c>/etc/nsswitch.conf</c>) in these modes, except for <c>/etc/resolv.conf</c> and <c>/etc/hosts</c> that is read and monitored for changes on Unix platforms for the internal DNS client - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>If Erlang is started in long name distributed mode, it needs to get the domain name from somewhere and reads system <c>inet</c> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <p><c><![CDATA[File = string()]]></c></p> <p>Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal DNS client - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.</p> <p>This can override the configuration parameters @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <p><c><![CDATA[Port = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use for - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. </p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.]]></c></tag> @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ <p><c><![CDATA[Port = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. </p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{search, Domains}.]]></c></tag> <item> <p><c><![CDATA[Domains = [string()]]]></c></p> <p>Add search domains for - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. </p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{lookup, Methods}.]]></c></tag> @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <item><c><![CDATA[file]]></c> (use host data retrieved from system configuration files and/or the user configuration file)</item> <item><c><![CDATA[dns]]></c> (use the Erlang DNS client - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> for nameserver queries)</item> </list> <p>The lookup method <c><![CDATA[string]]></c> tries to @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ <item> <p><c><![CDATA[Time = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> is refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.</p> </item> @@ -258,28 +258,28 @@ <p><c><![CDATA[Time = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso>. Defaults to 2 seconds.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{retry, N}.]]></c></tag> <item> <p><c><![CDATA[N = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Set the number of DNS queries - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> will try before giving up. Defaults to 3.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{inet6, Bool}.]]></c></tag> <item> <p><c><![CDATA[Bool = true | false]]></c></p> <p>Tells the DNS client - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> to look up IPv6 addresses. Defaults to <c>false</c>.</p> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[{usevc, Bool}.]]></c></tag> <item> <p><c><![CDATA[Bool = true | false]]></c></p> <p>Tells the DNS client - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> to use TCP (Virtual Circuit) instead of UDP. Defaults to <c>false</c>.</p> </item> @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ <item> <p><c><![CDATA[Version = false | 0]]></c></p> <p>Sets the EDNS version that - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> will use. The only allowed version is zero. Defaults to <c>false</c>, which means not to use EDNS.</p> </item> @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ <item> <p><c><![CDATA[N = integer()]]></c></p> <p>Sets the allowed UDP payload size - <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>kernel:inet_res(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet_res"><c>inet_res(3)</c></seealso> will advertise in EDNS queries. Also sets the limit when the DNS query will be deemed too large for UDP forcing a TCP query instead; this is not entirely diff --git a/erts/doc/src/init.xml b/erts/doc/src/init.xml index 54507c6572..c14f0a558d 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/init.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/init.xml @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <p><c>init</c> reads the boot script, which contains instructions on how to initiate the system. For more information about boot scripts, see - <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>sasl:script(4)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>script(4)</c></seealso>.</p> <p><c>init</c> also contains functions to restart, reboot, and stop the system.</p> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ terminates. If command-line flag <c>-heart</c> was specified, the <c>heart</c> program tries to reboot the system. For more information, see - <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>To limit the shutdown time, the time <c>init</c> is allowed to spend taking down applications, command-line flag <c>-shutdown_time</c> is to be used.</p> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ command-line flag <c>-heart</c> was specified, the <c>heart</c> program is terminated before the Erlang node terminates. For more information, see - <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>heart(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>To limit the shutdown time, the time <c>init</c> is allowed to spend taking down applications, command-line flag <c>-shutdown_time</c> is to be used.</p> @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ useful when you want to elaborate with code loading from archives without editing the <c>boot script</c>. For more information about interpretation of boot scripts, see - <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>sasl:script(4)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>script(4)</c></seealso>. The flag has also a similar effect on how the code server works; see - <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>kernel:code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </item> <tag><c>-epmd_module Module</c></tag> <item> @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ error</pre> <section> <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="erl_prim_loader"><c>erl_prim_loader(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>kernel:heart(3)</c></seealso></p> + <seealso marker="kernel:heart"><c>heart(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </erlref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/introduction.xml b/erts/doc/src/introduction.xml index 97a0d5999e..790e24f9f3 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/introduction.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/introduction.xml @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </header> <section> <title>Scope</title> - <p>The Erlang Runtime System Application, <c>ERTS</c>, contains + <p>The Erlang Runtime System Application, ERTS, contains functionality necessary to run the Erlang system.</p> <note> <p>By default, <c><![CDATA[ERTS]]></c> is only guaranteed to be diff --git a/erts/doc/src/match_spec.xml b/erts/doc/src/match_spec.xml index 1b297c5d29..2a14f1e47b 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/match_spec.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/match_spec.xml @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ </list> <p>A match specification used in - <seealso marker="stdlib:ets"><c>stdlib:ets(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="stdlib:ets"><c>ets(3)</c></seealso> can be described in the following <em>informal</em> grammar:</p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ </item> <item> <p>If the match specification is executed when selecting objects - from an <c>ets</c> table:</p> + from an ETS table:</p> <p>Evaluate the expressions in order and return the value of the last expression (typically there is only one expression in this context).</p> @@ -691,11 +691,11 @@ <section> <marker id="differences_ets_tracing"/> <title>Differences between Match Specifications in ETS and Tracing</title> - <p><c>ets</c> match specifications produce a return value. + <p>ETS match specifications produce a return value. Usually the <c><![CDATA[MatchBody]]></c> contains one single <c><![CDATA[ConditionExpression]]></c> that defines the return value without any side effects. Calls with side effects are not allowed in - the <c>ets</c> context.</p> + the ETS context.</p> <p>When tracing there is no return value to produce, the match specification either matches or does not. The effect when the @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ <section> <title>ETS Examples</title> - <p>Match all objects in an <c>ets</c> table, where the first element is + <p>Match all objects in an ETS table, where the first element is the atom <c>'strider'</c> and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:</p> @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ ['$_']}] ]]></code> - <p>Match all objects in an <c>ets</c> table with arity > 1 and the first + <p>Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is 'gandalf', and return element 2:</p> <code type="none"><![CDATA[ @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ ]]></code> <p>Function <seealso marker="stdlib:ets#test_ms/2"><c>ets:test_ms/2></c></seealso> - can be useful for testing complicated <c>ets</c> matches.</p> + can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.</p> </section> </chapter> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/notes.xml b/erts/doc/src/notes.xml index ca3f654c36..2a36e5568c 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -9380,9 +9380,9 @@ dynamically linking against <c>libssl.so</c> and <c>libcrypto.so</c>. The runtime library search path has also been extended. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> - scripts of <c>erl_interface</c> and <c>odbc</c> now + scripts of Erl_interface and ODBC now search for thread libraries and thread library quirks the - same way as <c>erts</c> do. </item><item> The + same way as ERTS do. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> script of the <c>odbc</c> application now also looks for odbc libraries in <c>lib64</c> and <c>lib/64</c> directories when building on a 64-bit @@ -10498,7 +10498,7 @@ </item> <item> <p> - A corrected bug in <c>ets</c> for <c>bag</c> and + A corrected bug in ETS for <c>bag</c> and <c>duplicate_bag</c>. A <c>delete/2</c> or <c>lookup_element/3</c> could miss objects in a fixed table if one or more objects with the same key had @@ -10940,7 +10940,7 @@ <list> <item> <p> - A corrected bug in <c>ets</c> for <c>bag</c> and + A corrected bug in ETS for <c>bag</c> and <c>duplicate_bag</c>. A <c>delete/2</c> or <c>lookup_element/3</c> could miss objects in a fixed table if one or more objects with the same key had diff --git a/erts/doc/src/run_erl.xml b/erts/doc/src/run_erl.xml index 4780c00ea4..ad7b2c5b85 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/run_erl.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/run_erl.xml @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ without Daylight Saving Time), rather than in local time. This does not affect data coming from Erlang, only the logs output directly by <c>run_erl</c>. Application - <c>SASL</c> can be modified accordingly by setting the Erlang + SASL can be modified accordingly by setting the Erlang application variable <c><![CDATA[utc_log]]></c> to <c><![CDATA[true]]></c>.</p> </item> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/start_erl.xml b/erts/doc/src/start_erl.xml index 50f8c58a48..4887d4606e 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/start_erl.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/start_erl.xml @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="erlsrv"><c>erlsrv(1)</c></seealso>, <seealso marker="sasl:release_handler"> - <c>sasl:release_handler(3)</c></seealso></p> + <c>release_handler(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </comref> diff --git a/erts/doc/src/time_correction.xml b/erts/doc/src/time_correction.xml index 8042ad3b99..77e7a40529 100644 --- a/erts/doc/src/time_correction.xml +++ b/erts/doc/src/time_correction.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <chapter> <header> <copyright> - <year>1999</year><year>2015</year> + <year>1999</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <section> <title>New Extended Time Functionality</title> - <note><p>As from Erlang/OTP 18 (<c>ERTS</c> 7.0) the time functionality + <note><p>As from Erlang/OTP 18 (ERTS 7.0) the time functionality has been extended. This includes a <seealso marker="#The_New_Time_API">new API</seealso> for time and @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ everything that has anything to do with time. All timers, regardless of it is a <c>receive ... after</c> timer, BIF timer, or a timer in the - <seealso marker="stdlib:timer"><c>stdlib:timer(3)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="stdlib:timer"><c>timer(3)</c></seealso> module, are triggered relative Erlang monotonic time. Even <seealso marker="#Erlang_System_Time">Erlang system time</seealso> is based on Erlang monotonic time. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ and does not change later. This is the default behavior, but not because it is the best mode (which it is not). It is default <em>only</em> because this is how the runtime system - behaved until <c>ERTS</c> 7.0. + behaved until ERTS 7.0. Ensure that your Erlang code that can execute during a time warp is <seealso marker="#Time_Warp_Safe_Code">time warp safe</seealso> before enabling other modes.</p> @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ <marker id="The_New_Erlang_Monotonic_Time"/> <section> <title>New Erlang Monotonic Time</title> - <p>Erlang monotonic time as such is new as from <c>ERTS</c> 7.0. + <p>Erlang monotonic time as such is new as from ERTS 7.0. It is introduced to detach time measurements, such as elapsed time from calendar time. In many use cases there is a need to measure elapsed time or specify a time relative to another point diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/beam_bif_load.c b/erts/emulator/beam/beam_bif_load.c index ad107b4861..dddcfbb77d 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/beam_bif_load.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/beam_bif_load.c @@ -57,10 +57,13 @@ static struct { Process *erts_code_purger = NULL; -ErtsLiteralArea *erts_copy_literal_area = NULL; #ifdef ERTS_DIRTY_SCHEDULERS Process *erts_dirty_process_code_checker; #endif +erts_smp_atomic_t erts_copy_literal_area__; +#define ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(LA) \ + erts_smp_atomic_set_nob(&erts_copy_literal_area__, \ + (erts_aint_t) (LA)) #ifdef ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY Process *erts_literal_area_collector = NULL; @@ -112,6 +115,8 @@ erts_beam_bif_load_init(void) release_literal_areas.first = NULL; release_literal_areas.last = NULL; #endif + erts_smp_atomic_init_nob(&erts_copy_literal_area__, + (erts_aint_t) NULL); init_purge_state(); } @@ -893,7 +898,7 @@ erts_proc_copy_literal_area(Process *c_p, int *redsp, int fcalls, int gc_allowed Uint lit_bsize; ErlHeapFragment *hfrag; - la = erts_copy_literal_area; + la = ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(); if (!la) return am_ok; @@ -971,8 +976,13 @@ erts_proc_copy_literal_area(Process *c_p, int *redsp, int fcalls, int gc_allowed } if (any_heap_ref_ptrs(c_p->stop, c_p->hend, literals, lit_bsize)) + goto literal_gc; + *redsp += 1; +#ifdef HIPE + if (nstack_any_heap_ref_ptrs(c_p, literals, lit_bsize)) goto literal_gc; *redsp += 1; +#endif if (any_heap_refs(c_p->heap, c_p->htop, literals, lit_bsize)) goto literal_gc; *redsp += 1; @@ -1486,16 +1496,33 @@ hfrag_literal_copy(Eterm **hpp, ErlOffHeap *ohp, #ifdef ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY +#ifdef ERTS_SMP + ErtsThrPrgrLaterOp later_literal_area_switch; -#ifdef ERTS_SMP +typedef struct { + ErtsThrPrgrLaterOp lop; + ErtsLiteralArea *la; +} ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea; + static void -complete_literal_area_switch(void *unused) +later_release_literal_area(void *vlrlap) +{ + ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea *lrlap; + lrlap = (ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea *) vlrlap; + erts_release_literal_area(lrlap->la); + erts_free(ERTS_ALC_T_RELEASE_LAREA, vlrlap); +} + +static void +complete_literal_area_switch(void *literal_area) { Process *p = erts_literal_area_collector; erts_smp_proc_lock(p, ERTS_PROC_LOCK_STATUS); erts_resume(p, ERTS_PROC_LOCK_STATUS); erts_smp_proc_unlock(p, ERTS_PROC_LOCK_STATUS); + if (literal_area) + erts_release_literal_area((ErtsLiteralArea *) literal_area); } #endif @@ -1506,6 +1533,7 @@ BIF_RETTYPE erts_internal_release_literal_area_switch_0(BIF_ALIST_0) #ifndef ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY BIF_ERROR(BIF_P, EXC_NOTSUP); #else + ErtsLiteralArea *unused_la; ErtsLiteralAreaRef *la_ref; if (BIF_P != erts_literal_area_collector) @@ -1522,26 +1550,45 @@ BIF_RETTYPE erts_internal_release_literal_area_switch_0(BIF_ALIST_0) erts_smp_mtx_unlock(&release_literal_areas.mtx); - if (erts_copy_literal_area) - erts_release_literal_area(erts_copy_literal_area); + unused_la = ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(); if (!la_ref) { - erts_copy_literal_area = NULL; + ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(NULL); + if (unused_la) { +#ifdef ERTS_SMP + ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea *lrlap; + lrlap = erts_alloc(ERTS_ALC_T_RELEASE_LAREA, + sizeof(ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea)); + lrlap->la = unused_la; + erts_schedule_thr_prgr_later_cleanup_op( + later_release_literal_area, + (void *) lrlap, + &lrlap->lop, + (sizeof(ErtsLaterReleasLiteralArea) + + sizeof(ErtsLiteralArea) + + ((unused_la->end + - &unused_la->start[0]) + - 1)*(sizeof(Eterm)))); +#else + erts_release_literal_area(unused_la); +#endif + } BIF_RET(am_false); } - erts_copy_literal_area = la_ref->literal_area; + ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(la_ref->literal_area); erts_free(ERTS_ALC_T_LITERAL_REF, la_ref); -#ifndef ERTS_SMP - BIF_RET(am_true); -#else +#ifdef ERTS_SMP erts_schedule_thr_prgr_later_op(complete_literal_area_switch, - NULL, + unused_la, &later_literal_area_switch); erts_suspend(BIF_P, ERTS_PROC_LOCK_MAIN, NULL); ERTS_BIF_YIELD_RETURN(BIF_P, am_true); +#else + erts_release_literal_area(unused_la); + BIF_RET(am_true); #endif #endif /* ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY */ @@ -1723,8 +1770,8 @@ BIF_RETTYPE erts_internal_purge_module_2(BIF_ALIST_2) end = (BeamInstr *)((char *)code + modp->old.code_length); erts_fun_purge_prepare(code, end); #if !defined(ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY) - ASSERT(!erts_copy_literal_area); - erts_copy_literal_area = modp->old.code_hdr->literal_area; + ASSERT(!ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA()); + ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(modp->old.code_hdr->literal_area); #endif } erts_runlock_old_code(code_ix); @@ -1766,8 +1813,8 @@ BIF_RETTYPE erts_internal_purge_module_2(BIF_ALIST_2) erts_fun_purge_abort_prepare(purge_state.funs, purge_state.fe_ix); #if !defined(ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY) - ASSERT(erts_copy_literal_area); - erts_copy_literal_area = NULL; + ASSERT(ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA()); + ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(NULL); #endif #ifndef ERTS_SMP erts_fun_purge_abort_finalize(purge_state.funs, purge_state.fe_ix); @@ -1879,8 +1926,8 @@ BIF_RETTYPE erts_internal_purge_module_2(BIF_ALIST_2) #if !defined(ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY) - ASSERT(erts_copy_literal_area == literals); - erts_copy_literal_area = NULL; + ASSERT(ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA() == literals); + ERTS_SET_COPY_LITERAL_AREA(NULL); erts_release_literal_area(literals); #else /* ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY */ diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/beam_emu.c b/erts/emulator/beam/beam_emu.c index b3e6ebf651..ef4cdf9d5a 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/beam_emu.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/beam_emu.c @@ -1960,6 +1960,8 @@ void process_main(void) ErtsMessage* msgp; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); + PreFetch(0, next); msgp = PEEK_MESSAGE(c_p); @@ -2047,6 +2049,7 @@ void process_main(void) } ERTS_DBG_CHK_REDS(c_p, FCALLS); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2583,7 +2586,9 @@ do { \ c_p->fcalls = FCALLS; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, tmp_reg); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2614,7 +2619,9 @@ do { \ c_p->fcalls = FCALLS; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, tmp_reg); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2644,7 +2651,9 @@ do { \ SWAPOUT; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ERTS_SMP_UNREQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, reg, live); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); ERTS_SMP_REQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2685,7 +2694,9 @@ do { \ SWAPOUT; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ERTS_SMP_UNREQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, reg, live); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); ERTS_SMP_REQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2728,7 +2739,9 @@ do { \ SWAPOUT; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ERTS_SMP_UNREQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, reg, live); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); ERTS_SMP_REQ_PROC_MAIN_LOCK(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2766,7 +2779,9 @@ do { \ c_p->fcalls = FCALLS; PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, tmp_reg); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2793,7 +2808,9 @@ do { \ bf = (BifFunction) Arg(0); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, tmp_reg); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); @@ -2843,7 +2860,9 @@ do { \ ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); live_hf_end = c_p->mbuf; + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); result = (*bf)(c_p, reg, I); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); ERTS_HOLE_CHECK(c_p); @@ -3556,11 +3575,13 @@ do { \ ASSERT(c_p->scheduler_data); #endif live_hf_end = c_p->mbuf; + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); erts_pre_nif(&env, c_p, (struct erl_module_nif*)I[2], NULL); nif_bif_result = (*fp)(&env, bif_nif_arity, reg); if (env.exception_thrown) nif_bif_result = THE_NON_VALUE; erts_post_nif(&env); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); PROCESS_MAIN_CHK_LOCKS(c_p); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); @@ -3612,7 +3633,9 @@ do { \ Eterm (*bf)(Process*, Eterm*, BeamInstr*) = vbf; ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p)); live_hf_end = c_p->mbuf; + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); nif_bif_result = (*bf)(c_p, reg, I); + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(c_p); ASSERT(!ERTS_PROC_IS_EXITING(c_p) || is_non_value(nif_bif_result)); ERTS_VERIFY_UNUSED_TEMP_ALLOC(c_p); diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_alloc.types b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_alloc.types index 971052b947..6e8710eb8a 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_alloc.types +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_alloc.types @@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ type RUNQ_BLNS LONG_LIVED SYSTEM run_queue_balancing type THR_PRGR_IDATA LONG_LIVED SYSTEM thr_prgr_internal_data type THR_PRGR_DATA LONG_LIVED SYSTEM thr_prgr_data type T_THR_PRGR_DATA SHORT_LIVED SYSTEM temp_thr_prgr_data +type RELEASE_LAREA SHORT_LIVED SYSTEM release_literal_area +endif # diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_gc.c b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_gc.c index 8b0dd9a5a6..75f8ebefbd 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_gc.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_gc.c @@ -517,6 +517,8 @@ delay_garbage_collection(Process *p, ErlHeapFragment *live_hf_end, int need, int erts_proc_sched_data((p))->virtual_reds += vreds; } + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(p); + ASSERT(CONTEXT_REDS >= erts_proc_sched_data(p)->virtual_reds); return reds_left; } @@ -527,6 +529,8 @@ young_gen_usage(Process *p) Uint hsz; Eterm *aheap; + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(p); + hsz = p->mbuf_sz; if (p->flags & F_ON_HEAP_MSGQ) { @@ -590,6 +594,8 @@ garbage_collect(Process* p, ErlHeapFragment *live_hf_end, DTRACE_CHARBUF(pidbuf, DTRACE_TERM_BUF_SIZE); #endif + ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(p); + ASSERT(CONTEXT_REDS - ERTS_REDS_LEFT(p, fcalls) >= erts_proc_sched_data(p)->virtual_reds); diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.c b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.c index 91e06cde2d..e4c696ae3b 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.c @@ -1842,3 +1842,20 @@ void erts_factory_undo(ErtsHeapFactory* factory) factory->heap_frags = NULL; #endif } + +Uint +erts_mbuf_size(Process *p) +{ + Uint sz = 0; + ErlHeapFragment* bp; + ErtsMessage* mp; + + for (bp = p->mbuf; bp; bp = bp->next) + sz += bp->used_size; + + for (mp = p->msg_frag; mp; mp = mp->next) + for (bp = erts_message_to_heap_frag(mp); bp; bp = bp->next) + sz += bp->used_size; + + return sz; +} diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.h b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.h index 6df969367b..42ed14e69c 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.h +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_message.h @@ -499,4 +499,15 @@ erts_msgq_replace_msg_ref(ErlMessageQueue *msgq, ErtsMessage *newp, ErtsMessage #endif +Uint erts_mbuf_size(Process *p); +#if defined(DEBUG) || 0 +# define ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(P) \ + do { \ + Uint actual_mbuf_sz__ = erts_mbuf_size((P)); \ + ERTS_ASSERT((P)->mbuf_sz >= actual_mbuf_sz__); \ + } while (0) +#else +# define ERTS_CHK_MBUF_SZ(P) ((void) 1) +#endif + #endif diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_nif.c b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_nif.c index ef2fb93106..27392a5996 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_nif.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_nif.c @@ -156,7 +156,9 @@ static Eterm* alloc_heap_heavy(ErlNifEnv* env, size_t need, Eterm* hp) HEAP_TOP(env->proc) = env->hp; } else { - env->heap_frag->used_size = hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + Uint usz = env->hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + env->proc->mbuf_sz += usz - env->heap_frag->used_size; + env->heap_frag->used_size = usz; ASSERT(env->heap_frag->used_size <= env->heap_frag->alloc_size); } hp = erts_heap_alloc(env->proc, need, MIN_HEAP_FRAG_SZ); @@ -308,11 +310,14 @@ static void full_flush_env(ErlNifEnv* env) HEAP_TOP(c_p) = env->hp; } else { + Uint usz; ASSERT(env->hp_end != HEAP_LIMIT(c_p)); ASSERT(env->hp_end - env->hp <= env->heap_frag->alloc_size); HEAP_TOP(c_p) = HEAP_TOP(env->proc); - env->heap_frag->used_size = env->hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + usz = env->hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + env->proc->mbuf_sz += usz - env->heap_frag->used_size; + env->heap_frag->used_size = usz; ASSERT(env->heap_frag->used_size <= env->heap_frag->alloc_size); @@ -394,9 +399,12 @@ static void flush_env(ErlNifEnv* env) HEAP_TOP(env->proc) = env->hp; } else { + Uint usz; ASSERT(env->hp_end != HEAP_LIMIT(env->proc)); ASSERT(env->hp_end - env->hp <= env->heap_frag->alloc_size); - env->heap_frag->used_size = env->hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + usz = env->hp - env->heap_frag->mem; + env->proc->mbuf_sz += usz - env->heap_frag->used_size; + env->heap_frag->used_size = usz; ASSERT(env->heap_frag->used_size <= env->heap_frag->alloc_size); } } diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_process.h b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_process.h index 94c13bb948..3347a7a60e 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_process.h +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_process.h @@ -1328,10 +1328,13 @@ ERTS_GLB_INLINE void erts_heap_frag_shrink(Process* p, Eterm* hp); ERTS_GLB_INLINE void erts_heap_frag_shrink(Process* p, Eterm* hp) { ErlHeapFragment* hf = MBUF(p); + Uint sz; ASSERT(hf!=NULL && (hp - hf->mem < hf->alloc_size)); - hf->used_size = hp - hf->mem; + sz = hp - hf->mem; + p->mbuf_sz -= hf->used_size - sz; + hf->used_size = sz; } #endif /* inline */ @@ -1549,9 +1552,9 @@ extern int erts_system_profile_ts_type; #define ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY(ESDP) \ ((ESDP)->dirty_no.s.num != 0) #define ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY_CPU(ESDP) \ - ((ESDP)->dirty_no.s.type == 0) + (ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY((ESDP)) & ((ESDP)->dirty_no.s.type == 0)) #define ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY_IO(ESDP) \ - ((ESDP)->dirty_no.s.type == 1) + (ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY((ESDP)) & ((ESDP)->dirty_no.s.type == 1)) #else #define ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY(ESDP) 0 #define ERTS_SCHEDULER_IS_DIRTY_CPU(ESDP) 0 diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_trace.c b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_trace.c index f4d92564c1..8c84303997 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/erl_trace.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/erl_trace.c @@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ erts_tracer_update(ErtsTracer *tracer, const ErtsTracer new_tracer) Not sure if it is worth it, we save 4 words (sizeof(ErlHeapFragment)) per tracer. */ Eterm *hp = erts_alloc(ERTS_ALC_T_HEAP_FRAG, - 2*sizeof(Eterm) + sizeof(ErtsThrPrgrLaterOp)); + 3*sizeof(Eterm) + sizeof(ErtsThrPrgrLaterOp)); *tracer = CONS(hp, ERTS_TRACER_MODULE(new_tracer), ERTS_TRACER_STATE(new_tracer)); } else { diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/global.h b/erts/emulator/beam/global.h index e6dc5303a8..b2c76aa605 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/global.h +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/global.h @@ -1016,7 +1016,10 @@ typedef struct ErtsLiteralArea_ { #define ERTS_LITERAL_AREA_ALLOC_SIZE(N) \ (sizeof(ErtsLiteralArea) + sizeof(Eterm)*((N) - 1)) -extern ErtsLiteralArea *erts_copy_literal_area; +extern erts_smp_atomic_t erts_copy_literal_area__; +#define ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA() \ + ((ErtsLiteralArea *) erts_smp_atomic_read_nob(&erts_copy_literal_area__)) + #ifdef ERTS_NEW_PURGE_STRATEGY extern Process *erts_literal_area_collector; #endif @@ -1107,7 +1110,7 @@ typedef struct { #define INITIALIZE_SHCOPY(info) \ do { \ - ErtsLiteralArea *larea__ = erts_copy_literal_area; \ + ErtsLiteralArea *larea__ = ERTS_COPY_LITERAL_AREA();\ info.queue_start = info.queue_default; \ info.bitstore_start = info.bitstore_default; \ info.shtable_start = info.shtable_default; \ diff --git a/erts/emulator/beam/utils.c b/erts/emulator/beam/utils.c index 85647b8500..6786657faf 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/beam/utils.c +++ b/erts/emulator/beam/utils.c @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ erts_heap_alloc(Process* p, Uint need, Uint xtra) if (bp != NULL && need <= (bp->alloc_size - bp->used_size)) { Eterm* ret = bp->mem + bp->used_size; bp->used_size += need; + p->mbuf_sz += need; return ret; } #ifdef DEBUG @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ erts_heap_alloc(Process* p, Uint need, Uint xtra) MBUF(p) = bp; bp->alloc_size = n; bp->used_size = need; - MBUF_SIZE(p) += n; + MBUF_SIZE(p) += need; bp->off_heap.first = NULL; bp->off_heap.overhead = 0; return bp->mem; diff --git a/erts/emulator/sys/common/erl_poll.c b/erts/emulator/sys/common/erl_poll.c index e394d84f73..b8a28bcc18 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/sys/common/erl_poll.c +++ b/erts/emulator/sys/common/erl_poll.c @@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ #include "erl_driver.h" #include "erl_alloc.h" #include "erl_msacc.h" +#include "erl_misc_utils.h" #if !defined(ERTS_POLL_USE_EPOLL) \ && !defined(ERTS_POLL_USE_DEVPOLL) \ @@ -2132,16 +2133,19 @@ get_timeout(ErtsPollSet ps, if (timeout > (ErtsMonotonicTime) INT_MAX) timeout = (ErtsMonotonicTime) INT_MAX; save_timeout_time += ERTS_MSEC_TO_MONOTONIC(timeout); + timeout -= ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(timeout, 1000); break; case 1000000: /* Round up to nearest even micro second */ timeout = ERTS_MONOTONIC_TO_USEC(diff_time - 1) + 1; save_timeout_time += ERTS_USEC_TO_MONOTONIC(timeout); + timeout -= ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(timeout, 1000*1000); break; case 1000000000: /* Round up to nearest even nano second */ timeout = ERTS_MONOTONIC_TO_NSEC(diff_time - 1) + 1; save_timeout_time += ERTS_NSEC_TO_MONOTONIC(timeout); + timeout -= ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(timeout, 1000*1000*1000); break; default: ERTS_INTERNAL_ERROR("Invalid resolution"); @@ -2452,7 +2456,15 @@ ERTS_POLL_EXPORT(erts_poll_wait)(ErtsPollSet ps, } #endif - res = check_fd_events(ps, to, no_fds); + while (1) { + res = check_fd_events(ps, to, no_fds); + if (res != 0) + break; + if (to == ERTS_POLL_NO_TIMEOUT) + break; + if (erts_get_monotonic_time(NULL) >= timeout_time) + break; + } woke_up(ps); diff --git a/erts/emulator/test/hipe_SUITE.erl b/erts/emulator/test/hipe_SUITE.erl index 3e682b8d88..a556b4ddc0 100644 --- a/erts/emulator/test/hipe_SUITE.erl +++ b/erts/emulator/test/hipe_SUITE.erl @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ t_copy_literals(Config) when is_list(Config) -> true = erlang:delete_module(literals), true = erlang:purge_module(literals), + %% Give the literal collector some time to work... + receive after 2000 -> ok end, + %% check that the ex-literals are ok [a,b,c] = ref_cell:call(PA, get), {a,b,c} = ref_cell:call(PB, get), diff --git a/erts/include/internal/erl_misc_utils.h b/erts/include/internal/erl_misc_utils.h index a4a5d1d510..55566ddf74 100644 --- a/erts/include/internal/erl_misc_utils.h +++ b/erts/include/internal/erl_misc_utils.h @@ -56,4 +56,33 @@ int erts_map_win_error_to_errno(DWORD win_error); int erts_get_last_win_errno(void); #endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) +#define __DARWIN__ 1 +#endif + +/* + * ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT() expects time units + * 1000 (millisec), 1000000 (microsec), or + * 1000000000 (nanosec). Might not work properly + * otherwise. + */ +#undef ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT +#undef ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + +#if defined(__DARWIN__) +#define ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT 1 +#define ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(TMO, TU) \ + ((TMO) >= 1 * ((TU) / 1000) \ + ? ((TMO) >= 20 * ((TU) / 1000) \ + ? 15 * ((TU) / 1000) \ + : ((TMO) >= 5 * ((TU) / 1000) \ + ? 3 * ((TU) / 1000) \ + : 5 * ((TU) / 10000))) \ + : 0) + +#else +#define ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT 0 +#define ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(TMO, TU) (0) +#endif + #endif /* #ifndef ERL_MISC_UTILS_H_ */ diff --git a/erts/lib_src/pthread/ethr_event.c b/erts/lib_src/pthread/ethr_event.c index eef88d5002..464875570a 100644 --- a/erts/lib_src/pthread/ethr_event.c +++ b/erts/lib_src/pthread/ethr_event.c @@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ return_event_on: #include <errno.h> #include <string.h> +#include "erl_misc_utils.h" + #ifdef __DARWIN__ struct ethr_event_fdsets___ { @@ -346,12 +348,9 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) ethr_sint32_t val; int res, ulres; int until_yield = ETHR_YIELD_AFTER_BUSY_LOOPS; - ethr_sint64_t time = 0; /* SHUT UP annoying faulty warning... */ + ethr_sint64_t time = 0; #ifdef ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME - ethr_sint64_t start = 0; /* SHUT UP annoying faulty warning... */ -#endif -#ifdef ETHR_HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_MONOTONIC - struct timespec cond_timeout; + ethr_sint64_t timeout_time = 0; /* SHUT UP annoying faulty warning... */ #endif val = ethr_atomic32_read(&e->state); @@ -365,30 +364,27 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) if (timeout == 0) return ETIMEDOUT; else { - time = timeout; - switch (e->fd[0]) { - case ETHR_EVENT_INVALID_FD__: #ifdef ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME - start = ethr_get_monotonic_time(); + timeout_time = ethr_get_monotonic_time(); + timeout_time += timeout; #endif + switch (e->fd[0]) { + case ETHR_EVENT_INVALID_FD__: + time = timeout; setup_nonblocking_pipe(e); break; #ifdef ETHR_HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_MONOTONIC case ETHR_EVENT_COND_TIMEDWAIT__: - time += ethr_get_monotonic_time(); - cond_timeout.tv_sec = time / (1000*1000*1000); - cond_timeout.tv_nsec = time % (1000*1000*1000); + time = -1; if (spincount == 0) goto set_event_off_waiter; break; #endif default: + time = timeout; /* Already initialized pipe... */ if (spincount == 0) goto set_select_timeout; -#ifdef ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME - start = ethr_get_monotonic_time(); -#endif break; } } @@ -418,6 +414,9 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) || e->fd[0] == ETHR_EVENT_COND_TIMEDWAIT__ #endif ) { +#ifdef ETHR_HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_MONOTONIC + struct timespec cond_timeout; +#endif set_event_off_waiter: @@ -446,9 +445,35 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) #ifdef ETHR_HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT_MONOTONIC if (timeout > 0) { + if (time != timeout_time) { + time = timeout_time; + +#if ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + { + ethr_sint64_t rtmo; + + rtmo = timeout_time - ethr_get_monotonic_time(); + if (rtmo <= 0) { + res = ETIMEDOUT; + break; + } + time = timeout_time; + time -= ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(rtmo, 1000*1000*1000); + } +#endif + + cond_timeout.tv_sec = time / (1000*1000*1000); + cond_timeout.tv_nsec = time % (1000*1000*1000); + } res = pthread_cond_timedwait(&e->cnd, &e->mtx, &cond_timeout); - if (res == EINTR || res == ETIMEDOUT) + if (res == EINTR + || (res == ETIMEDOUT +#if ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + && time == timeout_time +#endif + )) { break; + } } else #endif @@ -477,7 +502,11 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) struct timeval select_timeout; #ifdef ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME - time -= ethr_get_monotonic_time() - start; +#if ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + restart_select: +#endif + + time = timeout_time - ethr_get_monotonic_time(); if (time <= 0) return ETIMEDOUT; #endif @@ -492,6 +521,11 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) */ time = ((time - 1) / 1000) + 1; +#if defined(ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME) \ + && ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + time -= ERTS_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT(time, 1000*1000); +#endif + select_timeout.tv_sec = time / (1000*1000); select_timeout.tv_usec = time % (1000*1000); @@ -559,7 +593,11 @@ wait__(ethr_event *e, int spincount, ethr_sint64_t timeout) val = ethr_atomic32_read(&e->state); if (val == ETHR_EVENT_ON__) goto return_event_on; - +#if defined(ETHR_HAVE_ETHR_GET_MONOTONIC_TIME) \ + && ERTS_USE_PREMATURE_TIMEOUT + if (res == ETIMEDOUT) + goto restart_select; /* Verify timeout */ +#endif } return res; diff --git a/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_getting_started.xml b/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_getting_started.xml index 3c8ec24723..d40b294c39 100644 --- a/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_getting_started.xml +++ b/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_getting_started.xml @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ ok 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]</pre> <p>For details, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode">unicode</seealso> - module in <c>stdlib</c>.</p> + module in STDLIB.</p> <p>In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:</p> <pre> diff --git a/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_introduction.xml b/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_introduction.xml index d8b81aa467..e4f406364d 100644 --- a/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_introduction.xml +++ b/lib/asn1/doc/src/asn1_introduction.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <file>asn1_introduction.xml</file> </header> - <p>The <c>ASN.1</c> application provides the following:</p> + <p>The ASN.1 application provides the following:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>An ASN.1 compiler for Erlang, which generates encode and diff --git a/lib/asn1/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/asn1/doc/src/notes.xml index 68d335f451..ac3d9c828e 100644 --- a/lib/asn1/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/asn1/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ </item> <item> <p> - The <c>asn1</c> application would fail to build if the + The ASN.1 application would fail to build if the <c>.erlang</c> file printed something to standard output.</p> <p> Own Id: OTP-11360</p> @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ also been extended. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> scripts of <c>erl_interface</c> and <c>odbc</c> now search for thread libraries and thread library quirks the - same way as <c>erts</c> do. </item><item> The + same way as ERTS do. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> script of the <c>odbc</c> application now also looks for odbc libraries in <c>lib64</c> and <c>lib/64</c> directories when building on a 64-bit diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/common_test_app.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/common_test_app.xml index 3f83747485..48ffe653e4 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/common_test_app.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/common_test_app.xml @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ (which also causes the test case process to terminate).</p> <p>Elements from the <c>Config</c> list can, for example, be read - with <c>proplists:get_value/2</c> in <c>STDLIB</c> + with <c>proplists:get_value/2</c> in STDLIB (or the macro <c>?config</c> defined in <c>ct.hrl</c>).</p> <p>If you decide not to run the test case after all, return diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct.xml index 264bcff251..ffc64cba67 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct.xml @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ caught by any installed event manager.</p> <p>See also - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ <v>Millisecs = integer() | float()</v> </type> <desc><marker id="sleep-1"/> - <p>This function, similar to <c>timer:sleep/1</c> in <c>STDLIB</c>, + <p>This function, similar to <c>timer:sleep/1</c> in STDLIB, suspends the test case for a specified time. However, this function also multiplies <c>Time</c> with the <c>multiply_timetraps</c> value (if set) and under certain @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ caught by any installed event manager.</p> <p>See also - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>. </p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks.xml index 3b1e564b66..c2cf29c530 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks.xml @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <seealso marker="#Module:id-1"><c>ct_hooks:id/1</c></seealso>, or a <c>reference</c> (created using <seealso marker="erts:erlang#make_ref-0">erlang:make_ref/0</seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>) if + in ERTS) if <seealso marker="#Module:id-1"><c>ct_hooks:id/1</c></seealso> is not implemented.</p> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks_chapter.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks_chapter.xml index 1998f15697..0e4c35e11f 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks_chapter.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_hooks_chapter.xml @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ <title>Example CTH</title> <p>The following CTH logs information about a test run into a format parseable by <seealso marker="kernel:file#consult-1">file:consult/1</seealso> - (in <c>Kernel</c>): + (in Kernel): </p> <code> %%% @doc Common Test Example Common Test Hook module. @@ -499,13 +499,13 @@ <tag><c>cth_log_redirect</c></tag> <item> <p>Built-in</p> - <p>Captures all <c>error_logger</c> and <c>SASL</c> logging + <p>Captures all <c>error_logger</c> and SASL logging events and prints them to the current test case log. If an event cannot be associated with a test case, it is printed in the <c>Common Test</c> framework log. This happens for test cases running in parallel and events occuring in-between test cases. You can configure the level of - <seealso marker="sasl:sasl_app"><c>SASL</c></seealso> events report - using the normal <c>SASL</c> mechanisms.</p> + <seealso marker="sasl:sasl_app">SASL</seealso> events report + using the normal SASL mechanisms.</p> </item> <tag><c>cth_surefire</c></tag> <item> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_ssh.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_ssh.xml index d00737aa5a..137e4c3f1d 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_ssh.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_ssh.xml @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <p><c>ConnType = ssh | sftp</c>.</p> <p>For other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh"><c>ssh:ssh(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh"><c>ssh(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>All time-out parameters in <c>ct_ssh</c> functions are values in milliseconds.</p> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <tag><c>ssh_sftp_return() = term()</c></tag> <item><marker id="type-ssh_sftp_return"/> <p>Return value from an - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp</c></seealso> function.</p></item> </taglist> </section> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="apread-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="apread-5"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="apwrite-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="apwrite-5"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="aread-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="aread-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="awrite-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="awrite-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="close-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="close-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="del_dir-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="del_dir-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="delete-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="delete-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="get_file_info-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="get_file_info-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="list_dir-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="list_dir-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="make_dir-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="make_dir-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="make_symlink-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="make_symlink-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="open-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="open-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="opendir-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="opendir-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="position-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="position-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="pread-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="pread-5"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="pwrite-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="pwrite-5"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_file-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_file-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_file_info-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_file_info-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_link-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_link-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_link_info-2"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ </type> <desc><marker id="read_link_info-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ ChannelId, End, DefaultTimeout)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>If <c>End</c> is a fun, this fun is called with one argument, the data value in a received <c>ssh_cm</c> message (see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_connection"><c>ssh:ssh_connection(3)</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_connection"><c>ssh_connection(3)</c></seealso>. The fun is to return either <c>true</c> to end the receiving operation (and have the so far collected data returned) or <c>false</c> to wait for more data from the server. Even if a fun @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ ChannelId, End, DefaultTimeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="rename-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ ChannelId, End, DefaultTimeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="rename-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write_file-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write_file-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write_file_info-3"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ ChannelId, 0, Data, End, Timeout)</c></seealso>.</p> </type> <desc><marker id="write_file_info-4"/> <p>For information and other types, see - <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh:ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="ssh:ssh_sftp"><c>ssh_sftp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> </funcs> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_telnet.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_telnet.xml index e2a45e894b..eba3c3030d 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_telnet.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/ct_telnet.xml @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ <item><marker id="type-prompt_regexp"/> <p>Regular expression matching all possible prompts for a specific target type. <c>regexp</c> must not have any groups, that is, when - matching, <c>re:run/3</c> (in <c>STDLIB</c>) must return a list with + matching, <c>re:run/3</c> (in STDLIB) must return a list with one single element.</p></item> </taglist> </section> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/event_handler_chapter.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/event_handler_chapter.xml index 2978226a19..bd9ed21cb4 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/event_handler_chapter.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/event_handler_chapter.xml @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ pass the information on. The event handlers are Erlang modules implemented by the <c>Common Test</c> user according to the <c>gen_event</c> behavior (for details, see module - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event</c></seealso> and + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event</c></seealso> and section <seealso marker="doc/design_principles:events"><c>gen_event Behaviour</c></seealso> in OTP Design Principles in the System Documentation). @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ manager, either by telling <c>Common Test</c> to install them before the test run (described later), or by adding the handlers dynamically during the test run using - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event#add_handler-3"><c>stdlib:gen_event:add_handler/3</c></seealso> or - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event#add_sup_handler-3"><c>stdlib:gen_event:add_sup_handler/3</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event#add_handler-3"><c>gen_event:add_handler/3</c></seealso> or + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event#add_sup_handler-3"><c>gen_event:add_sup_handler/3</c></seealso>. In the latter scenario, the reference of the <c>Common Test</c> event manager is required. To get it, call <seealso marker="ct#get_event_mgr_ref-0"><c>ct:get_event_mgr_ref/0</c></seealso> diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/introduction.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/introduction.xml index 40724f24e9..df12bea6dd 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/introduction.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/introduction.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ </list> <p><c>Common Test</c> also integrates use of the OTP <seealso marker="tools:cover">cover</seealso> tool in application - <c>Tools</c> for code coverage analysis of Erlang/OTP programs.</p> + Tools for code coverage analysis of Erlang/OTP programs.</p> <p><c>Common Test</c> executes test suite programs automatically, without operator interaction. Test progress and results are diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/run_test_chapter.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/run_test_chapter.xml index 43e36adfb6..76e306c4ed 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/run_test_chapter.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/run_test_chapter.xml @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ <note><p>Directories passed to <c>Common Test</c> can have either relative or absolute paths.</p></note> - <note><p>Any start flags to the Erlang runtime system (application <c>ERTS</c>) can also be passed as + <note><p>Any start flags to the Erlang runtime system (application ERTS) can also be passed as parameters to <c>ct_run</c>. It is, for example, useful to be able to pass directories to be added to the Erlang code server search path with flag <c>-pa</c> or <c>-pz</c>. If you have common help- or library @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <p>The absolute path of directory <c>chat_server/ebin</c> is here passed to the code server. This is essential because relative paths are stored by the code server as relative, and <c>Common Test</c> changes - the current working directory of <c>ERTS</c> during the test run.</p> + the current working directory of ERTS during the test run.</p> </note> <p>The <c>ct_run</c> program sets the exit status before shutting down. The following values @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ <p>The minor log files contain full details of every single test case, each in a separate file. This way, it is straightforward to compare the latest results to that of previous - test runs, even if the set of test cases changes. If application <c>SASL</c> + test runs, even if the set of test cases changes. If application SASL is running, its logs are also printed to the current minor log file by the <seealso marker="common_test:ct_hooks_chapter#builtin_cths"> cth_log_redirect built-in hook</seealso>. diff --git a/lib/common_test/doc/src/write_test_chapter.xml b/lib/common_test/doc/src/write_test_chapter.xml index 83daf771a6..7bd2ccf588 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/doc/src/write_test_chapter.xml +++ b/lib/common_test/doc/src/write_test_chapter.xml @@ -269,10 +269,10 @@ <p>As parameter <c>Config</c> is a list of key-value tuples, that is, a data type called a property list, it can be handled by the - <seealso marker="stdlib:proplists"><c>stdlib:proplists</c></seealso> module. + <seealso marker="stdlib:proplists"><c>proplists</c></seealso> module. A value can, for example, be searched for and returned with function <seealso marker="stdlib:proplists#get_value-2"><c>proplists:get_value/2</c></seealso>. - Also, or alternatively, the general <seealso marker="stdlib:lists"><c>stdlib:lists</c></seealso> + Also, or alternatively, the general <seealso marker="stdlib:lists"><c>lists</c></seealso> module contains useful functions. Normally, the only operations performed on <c>Config</c> is insert (adding a tuple to the head of the list) and lookup. <c>Common Test</c> provides a simple macro named <c>?config</c>, @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ <title>Parallel Test Cases and I/O</title> <p>A parallel test case has a private I/O server as its group leader. (For a description of the group leader concept, see - <seealso marker="erts:index"><c>ERTS</c></seealso>). + <seealso marker="erts:index">ERTS</seealso>). The central I/O server process, which handles the output from regular test cases and configuration functions, does not respond to I/O messages during execution of parallel groups. This is important to understand @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@ 6. Categorized error, importance = 99</pre> <p>The arguments <c>Format</c> and <c>FormatArgs</c> in <c>ct:log/print/pal</c> are - always passed on to the <c>stdlib</c> function <c>io:format/3</c> (For details, - see the <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io</c></seealso> manual page).</p> + always passed on to the STDLIB function <c>io:format/3</c> (For details, + see the <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io</c></seealso> manual page).</p> <p><c>ct:pal/4</c> and <c>ct:log/5</c> add headers to strings being printed to the log file. The strings are also wrapped in div tags with a CSS class diff --git a/lib/common_test/src/ct_make.erl b/lib/common_test/src/ct_make.erl index e7a9cfa843..f22959d457 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/src/ct_make.erl +++ b/lib/common_test/src/ct_make.erl @@ -342,5 +342,7 @@ check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime) -> epp:close(Epp), false; {error, _Error} -> + check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime); + {warning, _Warning} -> check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime) end. diff --git a/lib/common_test/src/erl2html2.erl b/lib/common_test/src/erl2html2.erl index e819f345de..7f3eb699de 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/src/erl2html2.erl +++ b/lib/common_test/src/erl2html2.erl @@ -130,6 +130,8 @@ parse_preprocessed_file(Epp, File, InCorrectFile) -> throw({error,Reason,InCorrectFile}); {error,_Reason} -> parse_preprocessed_file(Epp, File, InCorrectFile); + {warning,_} -> + parse_preprocessed_file(Epp, File, InCorrectFile); {eof,_Location} -> [] end. diff --git a/lib/common_test/test/ct_auto_compile_SUITE.erl b/lib/common_test/test/ct_auto_compile_SUITE.erl index e6939d23c0..dface99b8f 100644 --- a/lib/common_test/test/ct_auto_compile_SUITE.erl +++ b/lib/common_test/test/ct_auto_compile_SUITE.erl @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ %%% The suites used for the test are located in the data directory. %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- -module(ct_auto_compile_SUITE). +-warning("Ignore me -- testing that the debugger can handle warnings"). -compile(export_all). diff --git a/lib/compiler/doc/src/compile.xml b/lib/compiler/doc/src/compile.xml index 61e214294e..3ce37b98e9 100644 --- a/lib/compiler/doc/src/compile.xml +++ b/lib/compiler/doc/src/compile.xml @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ (see <seealso marker="erts:absform">The Abstract Format</seealso> in ERTS User's Guide) in the compiled beam module. Tools - such as <c>Debugger</c>, <c>Xref</c>, and <c>Cover</c> require + such as Debugger, Xref, and Cover require the debug information to be included.</p> <p><em>Warning</em>: Source code can be reconstructed from @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ module.beam: module.erl \ compiler to be deprecated. Notice that the compiler does not know about attribute <c>-deprecated()</c>, but uses an assembled list of deprecated functions in Erlang/OTP. To - do a more general check, the <c>Xref</c> tool can be used. + do a more general check, the Xref tool can be used. See also <seealso marker="tools:xref#deprecated_function">xref(3)</seealso> and the function @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ pi() -> 3.1416. <section> <title>Inlining of List Functions</title> <p>The compiler can also inline various list manipulation functions - from the module <c>list</c> in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + from the module <c>list</c> in STDLIB.</p> <p>This feature must be explicitly enabled with a compiler option or a <c>-compile()</c> attribute in the source module.</p> diff --git a/lib/compiler/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/compiler/doc/src/notes.xml index 92b3d809fc..dd6b132a92 100644 --- a/lib/compiler/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/compiler/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ <item> <p> The <c>cerl</c> and <c>cerl_trees</c> modules in the - <c>compiler</c> application are now documented.</p> + Compiler application are now documented.</p> <p> Own Id: OTP-11978</p> </item> @@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ <c>RightExpr</c> or vice versa. The evaluation order is only important if the expressions contains and/or depends on operations with side-effects, such as message passing - or <c>ets</c> operations.</p> + or ETS operations.</p> <p> Own Id: OTP-7206</p> </item> diff --git a/lib/compiler/doc/src/ref_man.xml b/lib/compiler/doc/src/ref_man.xml index f5466553c0..c32c499008 100644 --- a/lib/compiler/doc/src/ref_man.xml +++ b/lib/compiler/doc/src/ref_man.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <file>application.sgml</file> </header> <description> - <p>The <c>Compiler</c> application compiles Erlang + <p>The Compiler application compiles Erlang code to byte-code. The highly compact byte-code is executed by the Erlang emulator.</p> </description> diff --git a/lib/crypto/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/crypto/doc/src/notes.xml index 7d3a85326f..56e165a1d1 100644 --- a/lib/crypto/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/crypto/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ also been extended. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> scripts of <c>erl_interface</c> and <c>odbc</c> now search for thread libraries and thread library quirks the - same way as <c>erts</c> do. </item><item> The + same way as ERTS do. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> script of the <c>odbc</c> application now also looks for odbc libraries in <c>lib64</c> and <c>lib/64</c> directories when building on a 64-bit diff --git a/lib/debugger/doc/src/i.xml b/lib/debugger/doc/src/i.xml index db89f23494..628b91e9e4 100644 --- a/lib/debugger/doc/src/i.xml +++ b/lib/debugger/doc/src/i.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ attached manually or automatically.</p> <p>By preference, these functions can be included in module - <seealso marker="stdlib:shell_default"><c>stdlib:shell_default</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="stdlib:shell_default"><c>shell_default</c></seealso>. By default, they are included in that module.</p> </description> @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ </fsummary> <desc> <p>Returns the current version number of the interpreter. - Same as the version number of the <c>Debugger</c> application.</p> + Same as the version number of the Debugger application.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/dialyzer/src/dialyzer_contracts.erl b/lib/dialyzer/src/dialyzer_contracts.erl index 976a2b8955..a72368f9f8 100644 --- a/lib/dialyzer/src/dialyzer_contracts.erl +++ b/lib/dialyzer/src/dialyzer_contracts.erl @@ -768,19 +768,9 @@ picky_contract_check(CSig0, Sig0, MFA, WarningInfo, Contract, RecDict, Acc) -> end. extra_contract_warning(MFA, WarningInfo, Contract, CSig, Sig, RecDict) -> - %% We do not want to depend upon erl_types:t_to_string() possibly - %% hiding the contents of opaque types. - SigUnopaque = erl_types:t_unopaque(Sig), - CSigUnopaque = erl_types:t_unopaque(CSig), - SigString0 = - lists:flatten(dialyzer_utils:format_sig(SigUnopaque, RecDict)), - ContractString0 = - lists:flatten(dialyzer_utils:format_sig(CSigUnopaque, RecDict)), - %% The only difference is in record fields containing 'undefined' or not. - IsUndefRecordFieldsRelated = SigString0 =:= ContractString0, {IsRemoteTypesRelated, SubtypeRelation} = is_remote_types_related(Contract, CSig, Sig, MFA, RecDict), - case IsUndefRecordFieldsRelated orelse IsRemoteTypesRelated of + case IsRemoteTypesRelated of true -> no_warning; false -> diff --git a/lib/dialyzer/test/behaviour_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options b/lib/dialyzer/test/behaviour_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options index 50991c9bc5..cb6a88786e 100644 --- a/lib/dialyzer/test/behaviour_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options +++ b/lib/dialyzer/test/behaviour_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options @@ -1 +1,2 @@ {dialyzer_options, []}. +{time_limit, 2}. diff --git a/lib/dialyzer/test/opaque_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options b/lib/dialyzer/test/opaque_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options index 3ff26b87db..ffdf8270c8 100644 --- a/lib/dialyzer/test/opaque_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options +++ b/lib/dialyzer/test/opaque_SUITE_data/dialyzer_options @@ -1 +1,2 @@ {dialyzer_options, [{warnings, [no_unused, no_return]}]}. +{time_limit, 2}. diff --git a/lib/hipe/cerl/erl_types.erl b/lib/hipe/cerl/erl_types.erl index 243bb6e25d..c9dd1051f3 100644 --- a/lib/hipe/cerl/erl_types.erl +++ b/lib/hipe/cerl/erl_types.erl @@ -4749,7 +4749,7 @@ type_from_form1(Name, Args, ArgsLen, R, TypeName, TypeNames, S, D, L, C) -> {Rep, L2, C2} = recur_limit(Fun, D, L1, TypeName, TypeNames), Rep1 = choose_opaque_type(Rep, Type), Rep2 = case cannot_have_opaque(Rep1, TypeName, TypeNames) of - true -> Rep1; + true -> Rep; false -> ArgTypes2 = subst_all_vars_to_any_list(ArgTypes), t_opaque(Module, Name, ArgTypes2, Rep1) @@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ remote_from_form1(RemMod, Name, Args, ArgsLen, RemDict, RemType, TypeNames, NewRep1 = choose_opaque_type(NewRep, Type), NewRep2 = case cannot_have_opaque(NewRep1, RemType, TypeNames) of - true -> NewRep1; + true -> NewRep; false -> ArgTypes2 = subst_all_vars_to_any_list(ArgTypes), t_opaque(Mod, Name, ArgTypes2, NewRep1) diff --git a/lib/hipe/sparc/hipe_rtl_to_sparc.erl b/lib/hipe/sparc/hipe_rtl_to_sparc.erl index eef5ba8d96..f9c043eafe 100644 --- a/lib/hipe/sparc/hipe_rtl_to_sparc.erl +++ b/lib/hipe/sparc/hipe_rtl_to_sparc.erl @@ -750,13 +750,25 @@ xaluop_commutes(XAluOp) -> xaluop_is_shift(XAluOp) -> case XAluOp of + 'add' -> false; + 'addcc' -> false; + 'and' -> false; + 'andcc' -> false; + 'cmpcc' -> false; + 'ldsb' -> false; + 'ldub' -> false; + 'lduw' -> false; + 'or' -> false; 'sll' -> true; - 'srl' -> true; + %% 'sllx' -> true; + 'smul' -> false; 'sra' -> true; - 'sllx' -> true; - 'srlx' -> true; - 'srax' -> true; - _ -> false + %% 'srax' -> true; + 'srl' -> true; + %% 'srlx' -> true; + 'sub' -> false; + 'subcc' -> false; + 'xor' -> false end. %%% Convert an extended SPARC AluOp back to a plain AluOp. @@ -764,9 +776,23 @@ xaluop_is_shift(XAluOp) -> xaluop_normalise(XAluOp) -> case XAluOp of - 'cmp' -> 'sub'; + 'add' -> 'add'; + 'addcc' -> 'addcc'; + 'and' -> 'and'; + 'andcc' -> 'andcc'; + %% 'cmp' -> 'sub'; 'cmpcc' -> 'subcc'; - _ -> XAluOp + 'ldsb' -> 'ldsb'; + 'ldub' -> 'ldub'; + 'lduw' -> 'lduw'; + 'or' -> 'or'; + 'sll' -> 'sll'; + 'smul' -> 'smul'; + 'sra' -> 'sra'; + 'srl' -> 'srl'; + 'sub' -> 'sub'; + 'subcc' -> 'subcc'; + 'xor' -> 'xor' end. %%% Convert an RTL condition code. diff --git a/lib/hipe/test/hipe_testsuite_driver.erl b/lib/hipe/test/hipe_testsuite_driver.erl index 03ec7adfd0..a3048d907e 100644 --- a/lib/hipe/test/hipe_testsuite_driver.erl +++ b/lib/hipe/test/hipe_testsuite_driver.erl @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ write_suite(Suite) -> write_header(#suite{suitename = SuiteName, outputfile = OutputFile, testcases = TestCases}) -> Exports = format_export(TestCases), - TimeLimit = 3, %% with 1 or 2 it fails on some slow machines... + TimeLimit = 5, %% with 1 or 2 it fails on some slow machines... io:format(OutputFile, "%% ATTENTION!\n" "%% This is an automatically generated file. Do not edit.\n\n" diff --git a/lib/inets/doc/src/http_server.xml b/lib/inets/doc/src/http_server.xml index aeda961714..65b3dcde95 100644 --- a/lib/inets/doc/src/http_server.xml +++ b/lib/inets/doc/src/http_server.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <chapter> <header> <copyright> - <year>2004</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2004</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ <item>Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)</item> <item>Erlang Scripting Interface (ESI)</item> <item>Common Gateway Interface (CGI)</item> - <item>User Authentication (using <c>Mnesia</c>, - <c>Dets</c> or plain text database)</item> + <item>User Authentication (using Mnesia, + Dets or plain text database)</item> <item>Common Logfile Format (with or without disk_log(3) support)</item> <item>URL Aliasing</item> <item>Action Mappings</item> @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ http://your.server.org/eval?httpd_example:print(atom_to_list(apply(erlang,halt,[ <title>mod_auth - User Authentication</title> <p>The <seealso marker="mod_auth">mod_auth(3)</seealso> module provides for basic user authentication using - textual files, <c>Dets</c> databases as well as <c>Mnesia</c> databases.</p> + textual files, Dets databases as well as Mnesia databases.</p> <p>Uses the following Erlang Web Server API interaction data: </p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -580,15 +580,15 @@ http://your.server.org/eval?httpd_example:print(atom_to_list(apply(erlang,halt,[ <section> <title>Mnesia As Authentication Database</title> - <p>If <c>Mnesia</c> is used as storage method, <c>Mnesia</c> must be - started before the HTTP server. The first time <c>Mnesia</c> is + <p>If Mnesia is used as storage method, Mnesia must be + started before the HTTP server. The first time Mnesia is started, the schema and the tables must be created before - <c>Mnesia</c> is started. A simple example of a module with two - functions that creates and start <c>Mnesia</c> is provided + Mnesia is started. A simple example of a module with two + functions that creates and start Mnesia is provided here. Function <c>first_start/0</c> is to be used the first time. It creates the schema and the tables. <c>start/0</c> is to be used in consecutive startups. - <c>start/0</c> starts <c>Mnesia</c> and waits for the tables to + <c>start/0</c> starts Mnesia and waits for the tables to be initiated. This function must only be used when the schema and the tables are already created.</p> @@ -616,25 +616,25 @@ start() -> mnesia:start(), mnesia:wait_for_tables([httpd_user, httpd_group], 60000). </code> - <p>To create the <c>Mnesia</c> tables, we use two records defined in + <p>To create the Mnesia tables, we use two records defined in <c>mod_auth.hrl</c>, so that file must be included. <c>first_start/0</c> creates a schema that specifies on which nodes the database is to reside. - Then it starts <c>Mnesia</c> and creates the tables. The first argument + Then it starts Mnesia and creates the tables. The first argument is the name of the tables, the second argument is a list of options of how to create the table, see - <seealso marker="mnesia:mnesia"><c>mnesia</c></seealso>, documentation for + <seealso marker="mnesia:mnesia"><c>mnesia(3)</c></seealso>, documentation for more information. As the implementation of the <c>mod_auth_mnesia</c> saves one row for each user, the type must be <c>bag</c>. When the schema and the tables are created, function <seealso marker="mnesia:mnesia#start-0">mnesia:start/0</seealso> - is used to start <c>Mnesia</c> and - waits for the tables to be loaded. <c>Mnesia</c> uses the + is used to start Mnesia and + waits for the tables to be loaded. Mnesia uses the directory specified as <c>mnesia_dir</c> at startup if specified, - otherwise <c>Mnesia</c> uses the current directory. For security - reasons, ensure that the <c>Mnesia</c> tables are stored outside + otherwise Mnesia uses the current directory. For security + reasons, ensure that the Mnesia tables are stored outside the document tree of the HTTP server. If they are placed in the directory which it protects, clients can download the tables. - Only the <c>Dets</c> and <c>Mnesia</c> storage + Only the Dets and Mnesia storage methods allow writing of dynamic user data to disk. <c>plain</c> is a read only method.</p> </section> @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ start() -> <section> <title>mod_disk_log - Logging Using Disk_Log.</title> <p>Standard logging using the "Common Logfile Format" and - <seealso marker="kernel:disk_log">kernel:disk_log(3)</seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:disk_log">disk_log(3)</seealso>.</p> <p>Uses the following Erlang Web Server API interaction data: </p> <list type="bulleted"> diff --git a/lib/inets/doc/src/httpc.xml b/lib/inets/doc/src/httpc.xml index ca9b268a03..13471aab2c 100644 --- a/lib/inets/doc/src/httpc.xml +++ b/lib/inets/doc/src/httpc.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <erlref> <header> <copyright> - <year>2004</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2004</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ <p><c>profile() = atom()</c></p> <p><c>path() = string()</c> representing a file path or directory path</p> <p><c>ip_address()</c> = See the - <seealso marker="kernel:inet">inet(3)</seealso> manual page in <c>Kernel</c>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:inet">inet(3)</seealso> manual page in Kernel.</p> <p><c>socket_opt()</c> = See the options used by <seealso marker="kernel:gen_tcp">gen_tcp(3)</seealso> <c>gen_tcp(3)</c> and <seealso marker="ssl:ssl">ssl(3)</seealso> connect(s)</p> diff --git a/lib/inets/doc/src/httpd.xml b/lib/inets/doc/src/httpd.xml index b05ae72983..d74635fc01 100644 --- a/lib/inets/doc/src/httpd.xml +++ b/lib/inets/doc/src/httpd.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <erlref> <header> <copyright> - <year>1997</year><year>2015</year> + <year>1997</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ text/plain asc txt</pre> <item> <p>Sets the type of authentication database that is used for the directory. The key difference between the different methods is - that dynamic data can be saved when <c>Mnesia</c> and <c>Dets</c> + that dynamic data can be saved when Mnesia and Dets are used. This property is called <c>AuthDbType</c> in the Apache-like configuration files.</p> @@ -731,10 +731,10 @@ text/plain asc txt</pre> <code> ragnar:s7Xxv7 edward:wwjau8 </code> - <p>If the <c>Dets</c> storage method is used, the user database is - maintained by <c>Dets</c> and must not be edited by hand. Use the + <p>If the Dets storage method is used, the user database is + maintained by Dets and must not be edited by hand. Use the API functions in module <c>mod_auth</c> to create/edit the user - database. This directive is ignored if the <c>Mnesia</c> + database. This directive is ignored if the Mnesia storage method is used. For security reasons, ensure that <c>auth_user_file</c> is stored outside the document tree of the web server. If it is placed in the directory that it protects, @@ -753,10 +753,10 @@ text/plain asc txt</pre> <code>group1: bob joe ante</code> - <p>If the <c>Dets</c> storage method is used, the group database is - maintained by <c>Dets</c> and must not be edited by hand. Use the + <p>If the Dets storage method is used, the group database is + maintained by Dets and must not be edited by hand. Use the API for module <c>mod_auth</c> to create/edit the group database. - This directive is ignored if the <c>Mnesia</c> storage method is used. + This directive is ignored if the Mnesia storage method is used. For security reasons, ensure that the <c>auth_group_file</c> is stored outside the document tree of the web server. If it is placed in the directory that it protects, clients diff --git a/lib/inets/doc/src/mod_auth.xml b/lib/inets/doc/src/mod_auth.xml index 4b7088b2c5..c4f844622b 100644 --- a/lib/inets/doc/src/mod_auth.xml +++ b/lib/inets/doc/src/mod_auth.xml @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <modulesummary>User authentication using text files, Dets, or Mnesia database.</modulesummary> <description> <p>This module provides for basic user authentication using - textual files, <c>Dets</c> databases, or <c>Mnesia</c> databases.</p> + textual files, Dets databases, or Mnesia databases.</p> </description> <funcs> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/app.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/app.xml index 5e0da409a3..d2e9390d7e 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/app.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/app.xml @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ApplicationVersion = string()</code> application is allowed to be started. <c>systools</c> uses this list to generate correct start scripts. Defaults to the empty list, but notice that all applications have - dependencies to (at least) <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + dependencies to (at least) Kernel and STDLIB.</p> </item> <tag><c>env</c></tag> <item> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ ApplicationVersion = string()</code> implemented as a supervision tree, otherwise the application controller does not know how to start it. <c>mod</c> can be omitted for applications without processes, typically - code libraries, for example, <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + code libraries, for example, STDLIB.</p> </item> <tag><c>start_phases</c></tag> <item> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ApplicationVersion = string()</code> <section> <title>See Also</title> <p><seealso marker="application"><c>application(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="sasl:systools"><c>sasl:systools(3)</c></seealso></p> + <seealso marker="sasl:systools"><c>systools(3)</c></seealso></p> </section> </fileref> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/application.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/application.xml index 8d33aa86e7..886286b76d 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/application.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/application.xml @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <seealso marker="app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>If <c><anno>Distributed</anno> == {<anno>Application</anno>,[<anno>Time</anno>,]<anno>Nodes</anno>}</c>, the application becomes distributed. The argument overrides - the value for the application in the <c>Kernel</c> configuration + the value for the application in the Kernel configuration parameter <c>distributed</c>. <c><anno>Application</anno></c> must be the application name (same as in the first argument). If a node crashes and <c><anno>Time</anno></c> is specified, @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Nodes = [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]</code> the application is to be started at <c>cp2@cave</c> or <c>cp3@cave</c>.</p> <p>If <c>Distributed == default</c>, the value for - the application in the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameter + the application in the Kernel configuration parameter <c>distributed</c> is used.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Nodes = [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]</code> started, <c>Application</c> is started as well.</p> <p>By default, all applications are loaded with permission <c>true</c> on all nodes. The permission can be configured - using the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameter <c>permissions</c>.</p> + using the Kernel configuration parameter <c>permissions</c>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/auth.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/auth.xml index 03f983b96d..5901446960 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/auth.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/auth.xml @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <desc> <p>Use <seealso marker="erts:erlang#erlang:get_cookie/0"><c>erlang:get_cookie()</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c> instead.</p> + in ERTS instead.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <desc> <p>Use <seealso marker="erts:erlang#erlang:set_cookie/2"><c>erlang:set_cookie(node(), <anno>Cookie</anno>)</c> - in <c>ERTS</c></seealso> instead.</p> + in ERTS</seealso> instead.</p> </desc> </func> <func> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/code.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/code.xml index 21f8a2d54a..4db377bcde 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/code.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/code.xml @@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ an <c>ebin</c> directory are ignored.</p> <p>All application directories found in the additional directories appears before the standard OTP applications, except for the - <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c> applications, which are placed before + Kernel and STDLIB applications, which are placed before any additional applications. In other words, modules found in any of the additional library directories override modules with - the same name in OTP, except for modules in <c>Kernel</c> and - <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + the same name in OTP, except for modules in Kernel and + STDLIB.</p> <p>Environment variable <c>ERL_LIBS</c> (if defined) is to contain a colon-separated (for Unix-like systems) or semicolon-separated (for Windows) list of additional libraries.</p> @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ zip:create("mnesia-4.4.7.ez", <c>$OTPROOT/lib/mnesia.ez/mnesia/ebin</c> or <c>$OTPROOT/lib/mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin</c>.</p> - <p>The code server uses module <c>erl_prim_loader</c> in <c>ERTS</c> + <p>The code server uses module <c>erl_prim_loader</c> in ERTS (possibly through <c>erl_boot_server</c>) to read code files from archives. However, the functions in <c>erl_prim_loader</c> can also be used by other applications to read files from archives. For @@ -688,9 +688,9 @@ ok = code:finish_loading(Prepared), <p>Normally, <c><anno>Loaded</anno></c> is the absolute filename <c>Filename</c> from which the code is obtained. If the module is preloaded (see - <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>sasl:script(4)</c></seealso>), + <seealso marker="sasl:script"><c>script(4)</c></seealso>), <c>Loaded==preloaded</c>. If the module is Cover-compiled (see - <seealso marker="tools:cover"><c>tools:cover(3)</c></seealso>), + <seealso marker="tools:cover"><c>cover(3)</c></seealso>), <c>Loaded==cover_compiled</c>.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_boot_server.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_boot_server.xml index 897365f9b9..4109251387 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_boot_server.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_boot_server.xml @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ command-line flag <c>-loader inet</c>. All hosts specified with command-line flag <c>-hosts Host</c> must have one instance of this server running.</p> - <p>This server can be started with the <c>Kernel</c> configuration + <p>This server can be started with the Kernel configuration parameter <c>start_boot_server</c>.</p> <p>The <c>erl_boot_server</c> can read regular files and files in archives. See <seealso marker="code"><c>code(3)</c></seealso> and <seealso marker="erts:erl_prim_loader"><c>erl_prim_loader(3)</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>.</p> + in ERTS.</p> <warning><p>The support for loading code from archive files is experimental. It is released before it is ready to obtain early feedback. The file format, semantics, diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_ddll.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_ddll.xml index a5ce58ef3e..75114e015c 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_ddll.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/erl_ddll.xml @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <desc> <p>Removes a driver monitor in much the same way as <seealso marker="erts:erlang#erlang:demonitor/1"><c>erlang:demonitor/1</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c> + in ERTS does with process monitors. For details about how to create driver monitors, see <seealso marker="#monitor/2"><c>monitor/2</c></seealso>, @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ <p>Creates a driver monitor and works in many ways as <seealso marker="erts:erlang#erlang:monitor/2"><c>erlang:monitor/2</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>, + in ERTS, does for processes. When a driver changes state, the monitor results in a monitor message that is sent to the calling process. <c><anno>MonitorRef</anno></c> returned by this function is @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ <p>This parameter is the name of the driver to be used in subsequent calls to function <seealso marker="erts:erlang#open_port/2"><c>erlang:open_port</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>. + in ERTS. The name can be specified as an <c>iolist()</c> or an <c>atom()</c>. The name specified when loading is used to find the object file (with the help of <c><anno>Path</anno></c> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/error_logger.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/error_logger.xml index a8273e59e2..814e8eac46 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/error_logger.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/error_logger.xml @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <description> <p>The Erlang <em>error logger</em> is an event manager (see <seealso marker="doc/design_principles:des_princ">OTP Design Principles</seealso> and - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>), + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>), registered as <c>error_logger</c>. Errors, warnings, and info events are sent to the error logger from the Erlang runtime system and the different Erlang/OTP applications. The events are, by default, @@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ executing.</p> <p>Initially, <c>error_logger</c> has only a primitive event handler, which buffers and prints the raw event messages. During - system startup, the <c>Kernel</c> application replaces this with a + system startup, the Kernel application replaces this with a <em>standard event handler</em>, by default one that writes - nicely formatted output to the terminal. <c>Kernel</c> can also be + nicely formatted output to the terminal. Kernel can also be configured so that events are logged to a file instead, or not logged at all, see <seealso marker="kernel_app"><c>kernel(6)</c></seealso>.</p> - <p>Also the <c>SASL</c> application, if started, adds its own event + <p>Also the SASL application, if started, adds its own event handler, which by default writes supervisor, crash, and progress reports to the terminal. See <seealso marker="sasl:sasl_app"><c>sasl(6)</c></seealso>.</p> @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ User-defined event handlers can be added to handle application-specific events, see <seealso marker="#add_report_handler/1"><c>add_report_handler/1,2</c></seealso>. - Also, a useful event handler is provided in <c>STDLIB</c> for multi-file + Also, a useful event handler is provided in STDLIB for multi-file logging of events, see - <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>stdlib:log_mf_h(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>log_mf_h(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>Warning events were introduced in Erlang/OTP R9C and are enabled by default as from Erlang/OTP 18.0. To retain backwards compatibility with existing user-defined event handlers, the warning events can be @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <p>Adds a new event handler to the error logger. The event handler must be implemented as a <c>gen_event</c> callback module, see - <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p><c><anno>Handler</anno></c> is typically the name of the callback module and <c><anno>Args</anno></c> is an optional term (defaults to []) passed to the initialization callback function <c><anno>Handler</anno>:init/1</c>. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ <desc> <p>Deletes an event handler from the error logger by calling <c>gen_event:delete_handler(error_logger, <anno>Handler</anno>, [])</c>, - see <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + see <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The <c><anno>Format</anno></c> and <c><anno>Data</anno></c> arguments are the same as the arguments of <seealso marker="stdlib:io#format/2"><c>io:format/2</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>. + in STDLIB. The event is handled by the standard event handler.</p> <p><em>Example:</em></p> <pre> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ ok</pre> The <c><anno>Format</anno></c> and <c><anno>Data</anno></c> arguments are the same as the arguments of <seealso marker="stdlib:io#format/2"><c>io:format/2</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>. The event is handled by the standard event handler.</p> + in STDLIB. The event is handled by the standard event handler.</p> <p><em>Example:</em></p> <pre> 1> <input>error_logger:info_msg("Something happened in ~p~n", [a_module]).</input> @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ok</pre> <p>Enables or disables printout of standard events to a file.</p> <p>This is done by adding or deleting the standard event handler for output to file. Thus, calling this function overrides - the value of the <c>Kernel</c> <c>error_logger</c> configuration + the value of the Kernel <c>error_logger</c> configuration parameter.</p> <p>Enabling file logging can be used together with calling <c>tty(false)</c>, to have a silent system where @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ ok</pre> to the terminal.</p> <p>This is done by adding or deleting the standard event handler for output to the terminal. Thus, calling this function overrides - the value of the <c>Kernel</c> <c>error_logger</c> configuration parameter.</p> + the value of the Kernel <c>error_logger</c> configuration parameter.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ ok</pre> The <c><anno>Format</anno></c> and <c><anno>Data</anno></c> arguments are the same as the arguments of <seealso marker="stdlib:io#format/2"><c>io:format/2</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>. + in STDLIB. The event is handled by the standard event handler. It is tagged as an error, warning, or info, see <seealso marker="#warning_map/0"><c>warning_map/0</c></seealso>.</p> @@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ ok</pre> </section> <section> <title>See Also</title> - <p><seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>stdlib:gen_event(3)</c></seealso>, - <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>stdlib:log_mf_h(3)</c></seealso> + <p><seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso>, + <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>log_mf_h(3)</c></seealso> <seealso marker="kernel_app"><c>kernel(6)</c></seealso> <seealso marker="sasl:sasl_app"><c>sasl(6)</c></seealso></p> </section> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/file.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/file.xml index 7d86c3ebcb..d734ee25b8 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/file.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/file.xml @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <seealso marker="#list_dir_all"><c>list_dir_all/1</c></seealso> and <seealso marker="#read_link_all"><c>read_link_all/1</c></seealso>.</p> - <p>See also section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#notes-about-raw-filenames">Notes About Raw Filenames</seealso> in the <c>STDLIB</c> User´s Giude.</p> + <p>See also section <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode_usage#notes-about-raw-filenames">Notes About Raw Filenames</seealso> in the STDLIB User´s Giude.</p> </description> @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. {ok,[{person,"kalle",25},{person,"pelle",30}]}</pre> <p>The encoding of <c><anno>Filename</anno></c> can be set by a comment, as described in - <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. </taglist> <p>The encoding of <c><anno>Filename</anno></c> can be set by a comment, as described in - <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. <p>The same as <c>eval/1</c>, but the variable bindings <c><anno>Bindings</anno></c> are used in the evaluation. For information about the variable bindings, see - <seealso marker="stdlib:erl_eval"><c>stdlib:erl_eval(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:erl_eval"><c>erl_eval(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. this module (<c>file</c>) for reading and writing data as the interfaces provided here work with byte-oriented data. Using other (Unicode) encodings makes the - <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso> functions + <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io(3)</c></seealso> functions <c>get_chars</c>, <c>get_line</c>, and <c>put_chars</c> more suitable, as they can work with the full Unicode range.</p> <p>If data is sent to an <c>io_device()</c> in a format that cannot be @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. that is, <seealso marker="#read/2"><c>read/2</c></seealso> are returned "as is". If module - <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso> is used for + <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io(3)</c></seealso> is used for writing, the file can only cope with Unicode characters up to code point 255 (the ISO Latin-1 range).</p> </item> @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. the file lies beyond the ISO Latin-1 range (0..255), but failure occurs if the data contains Unicode code points beyond that range. The file is best read with the functions in the Unicode aware module - <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io(3)</c></seealso>.</p> <p>Bytes written to the file by any means are translated to UTF-8 encoding before being stored on the disk file.</p> </item> @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. So a file can be analyzed in latin1 encoding for, for example, a BOM, positioned beyond the BOM and then be set for the right encoding before further reading. For functions identifying BOMs, see module - <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode"><c>stdlib:unicode(3)</c></seealso>. </p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode"><c>unicode(3)</c></seealso>. </p> <p>This option is not allowed on <c>raw</c> files.</p> </item> <tag><c>ram</c></tag> @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. closed and the process itself is terminated. An <c><anno>IoDevice</anno></c> returned from this call can be used as an argument to the I/O functions (see - <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso>).</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io(3)</c></seealso>).</p> <note> <p>In previous versions of <c>file</c>, modes were specified as one of the atoms <c>read</c>, <c>write</c>, or @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. </taglist> <p>The encoding of <c><anno>Filename</anno></c> can be set by a comment as described in - <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. </taglist> <p>The encoding of <c><anno>Filename</anno></c> can be set by a comment as described in - <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>stdlib:epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> + <seealso marker="stdlib:epp#encoding"><c>epp(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. <c>{ok, <anno>FileInfo</anno>}</c> if successful, otherwise <c>{error, <anno>Reason</anno>}</c>. <c><anno>FileInfo</anno></c> is a record - <c>file_info</c>, defined in the <c>Kernel</c> include file + <c>file_info</c>, defined in the Kernel include file <c>file.hrl</c>. Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:</p> <code type="none"> @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. raw line-oriented reading.</p> <p>If <c>encoding</c> is set to something else than <c>latin1</c>, the <c>read_line/1</c> call fails if the data contains characters larger than 255, - why module <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>stdlib:io(3)</c></seealso> is to be + why module <seealso marker="stdlib:io"><c>io(3)</c></seealso> is to be preferred when reading such a file.</p> <p>The function returns:</p> <taglist> @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ f.txt: {person, "kalle", 25}. <p>Changes file information. Returns <c>ok</c> if successful, otherwise <c>{error, <anno>Reason</anno>}</c>. <c><anno>FileInfo</anno></c> is a record - <c>file_info</c>, defined in the <c>Kernel</c> include file + <c>file_info</c>, defined in the Kernel include file <c>file.hrl</c>. Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:</p> <code type="none"> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/gen_tcp.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/gen_tcp.xml index 83242c2df8..08454b9832 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/gen_tcp.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/gen_tcp.xml @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ do_recv(Sock, Bs) -> time-out in milliseconds. Defaults to <c>infinity</c>.</p> <note> <p>The default values for options specified to <c>connect</c> can - be affected by the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameter + be affected by the Kernel configuration parameter <c>inet_default_connect_options</c>. For details, see <seealso marker="inet"><c>inet(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </note> @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ do_recv(Sock, Bs) -> <seealso marker="#accept/1"><c>accept/1,2</c></seealso>.</p> <note> <p>The default values for options specified to <c>listen</c> can - be affected by the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameter + be affected by the Kernel configuration parameter <c>inet_default_listen_options</c>. For details, see <seealso marker="inet"><c>inet(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </note> @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ do_recv(Sock, Bs) -> <type_desc variable="HttpPacket">See the description of <c>HttpPacket</c> in <seealso marker="erts:erlang#decode_packet/3"><c>erlang:decode_packet/3</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>. + in ERTS. </type_desc> <desc> <p>Receives a packet from a socket in passive diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/heart.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/heart.xml index 864f8facac..59a046bf4d 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/heart.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/heart.xml @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ <c><![CDATA[SIGKILL]]></c>:</p> <pre> % <input>erl -heart -env HEART_KILL_SIGNAL SIGABRT ...</input></pre> - <p> If heart should <b>not</b> kill the Erlang runtime system, this can be indicated + <p> If heart should <em>not</em> kill the Erlang runtime system, this can be indicated using the environment variable <c><![CDATA[HEART_NO_KILL=TRUE]]></c>. This can be useful if the command executed by heart takes care of this, for example as part of a specific cleanup sequence. diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/inet.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/inet.xml index 8cc21bf3e2..3f4e3684f4 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/inet.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/inet.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <seealso marker="erts:inet_cfg">ERTS User's Guide: Inet Configuration</seealso> for more information about how to configure an Erlang runtime system for IP communication.</p> - <p>The following two <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameters affect the + <p>The following two Kernel configuration parameters affect the behavior of all sockets opened on an Erlang node:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item><p><c>inet_default_connect_options</c> can contain a list of @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <p>When <c>accept</c> is issued, the values of the listening socket options are inherited. No such application variable is therefore needed for <c>accept</c>.</p> - <p>Using the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameters above, one + <p>Using the Kernel configuration parameters above, one can set default options for all TCP sockets on a node, but use this with care. Options such as <c>{delay_send,true}</c> can be specified in this way. The following is an example of starting an Erlang @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ fe80::204:acff:fe17:bf38 <datatype> <name name="hostent"/> <desc> - <p>The record is defined in the <c>Kernel</c> include file + <p>The record is defined in the Kernel include file <c>"inet.hrl"</c>.</p> <p>Add the following directive to the module:</p> <code> @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> <<_:28/binary,TcpiSacked:32/native,_/binary>> = Info, TcpiSacked.]]></code> <p>Preferably, you would check the machine type, the operating system, - and the <c>Kernel</c> version before executing anything similar to + and the Kernel version before executing anything similar to this code.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> <p>The size of the user-level software buffer used by the driver. Not to be confused with options <c>sndbuf</c> and <c>recbuf</c>, which correspond to the - <c>Kernel</c> socket buffers. It is recommended + Kernel socket buffers. It is recommended to have <c>val(buffer) >= max(val(sndbuf),val(recbuf))</c> to avoid performance issues because of unnecessary copying. <c>val(buffer)</c> is automatically set to the above @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> <p>The socket message queue is set to a busy state when the amount of data on the message queue reaches this limit. Notice that this limit only - concerns data that has not yet reached the <c>ERTS</c> internal + concerns data that has not yet reached the ERTS internal socket implementation. Defaults to 8 kB.</p> <p>Senders of data to the socket are suspended if either the socket message queue is busy or the socket @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> <tag><c>{high_watermark, Size}</c> (TCP/IP sockets)</tag> <item> <p>The socket is set to a busy state when the amount - of data queued internally by the <c>ERTS</c> socket implementation + of data queued internally by the ERTS socket implementation reaches this limit. Defaults to 8 kB.</p> <p>Senders of data to the socket are suspended if either the socket message queue is busy or the socket @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> socket message queue is set in a not busy state when the amount of data queued in the message queue falls below this limit. Notice that this limit only concerns data - that has not yet reached the <c>ERTS</c> internal socket + that has not yet reached the ERTS internal socket implementation. Defaults to 4 kB.</p> <p>Senders that are suspended because of either a busy message queue or a busy socket are resumed @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) -> <item> <p>If the socket is in a busy state, the socket is set in a not busy state when the amount of data - queued internally by the <c>ERTS</c> socket implementation + queued internally by the ERTS socket implementation falls below this limit. Defaults to 4 kB.</p> <p>Senders that are suspended because of a busy message queue or a busy socket are resumed @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ setcap cap_sys_admin,cap_sys_ptrace,cap_dac_read_search+epi beam.smp</code> are returned with the format according to <c>HttpPacket</c> described in <seealso marker="erts:erlang#decode_packet/3"> - <c>erlang:decode_packet/3</c></seealso> in <c>ERTS</c>. + <c>erlang:decode_packet/3</c></seealso> in ERTS. A socket in passive mode returns <c>{ok, HttpPacket}</c> from <c>gen_tcp:recv</c> while an active socket sends messages like @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ inet:setopts(Sock,[{raw,6,8,<<30:32/native>>}]),]]></code> can respond differently to this kind of option manipulation. Use with care.</p> <p>Notice that the default options for TCP/IP sockets can be - changed with the <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameters mentioned in + changed with the Kernel configuration parameters mentioned in the beginning of this manual page.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/init_stub.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/init_stub.xml index df89b174ca..1297c8264d 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/init_stub.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/init_stub.xml @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ <modulesummary>Coordination of system startup.</modulesummary> <description> <p>This module is moved to the - <seealso marker="erts:init"><c>ERTS</c></seealso> application.</p> + <seealso marker="erts:init">ERTS</seealso> application.</p> </description> </erlref> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/kernel_app.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/kernel_app.xml index dc0291babe..df681a505f 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/kernel_app.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/kernel_app.xml @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ <app>kernel</app> <appsummary>The Kernel application.</appsummary> <description> - <p>The <c>Kernel</c> application has all the code necessary to run + <p>The Kernel application has all the code necessary to run the Erlang runtime system: file servers, code servers, and so on.</p> - <p>The <c>Kernel</c> application is the first application started. It is + <p>The Kernel application is the first application started. It is mandatory in the sense that the minimal system based on - Erlang/OTP consists of <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c>. <c>Kernel</c> + Erlang/OTP consists of Kernel and STDLIB. Kernel contains the following functional areas:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>Start, stop, supervision, configuration, and distribution of applications</item> @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ <section> <title>Error Logger Event Handlers</title> <p>Two standard error logger event handlers are defined in - the <c>Kernel</c> application. These are described in + the Kernel application. These are described in <seealso marker="error_logger"><c>error_logger(3)</c></seealso>.</p> </section> <section> <title>Configuration</title> - <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the <c>Kernel</c> + <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the Kernel application. For more information about configuration parameters, see file <seealso marker="app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso>.</p> <taglist> @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ depth to which terms are printed by the error logger event handlers included in OTP. This configuration parameter is used by the two event handlers - defined by the <c>Kernel</c> application and the two event - handlers in the <c>SASL</c> application. + defined by the Kernel application and the two event + handlers in the SASL application. (If you have implemented your own error handlers, this configuration parameter has no effect on them.)</p> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <c>~P</c> and <c>~W</c>, respectively, and <c>Depth</c> is used as the depth parameter. For details, see <seealso marker="stdlib:io#format/2"><c>io:format/2</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + in STDLIB.</p> <note><p>A reasonable starting value for <c>Depth</c> is <c>30</c>. We recommend to test crashing various processes in your @@ -215,16 +215,16 @@ <p>Defines the <c>First..Last</c> port range for the listener socket of a distributed Erlang node.</p> </item> - <marker id="inet_dist_listen_options"></marker> <tag><c>{inet_dist_listen_options, Opts}</c></tag> <item> + <marker id="inet_dist_listen_options"></marker> <p>Defines a list of extra socket options to be used when opening the listening socket for a distributed Erlang node. See <seealso marker="gen_tcp#listen/2"><c>gen_tcp:listen/2</c></seealso>.</p> </item> - <marker id="inet_dist_connect_options"></marker> <tag><c>{inet_dist_connect_options, Opts}</c></tag> <item> + <marker id="inet_dist_connect_options"></marker> <p>Defines a list of extra socket options to be used when connecting to other distributed Erlang nodes. See <seealso marker="gen_tcp#connect/4"><c>gen_tcp:connect/4</c></seealso>.</p> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ <p>The name (string) of an Inet user configuration file. For details, see section <seealso marker="erts:inet_cfg"><c>Inet Configuration</c></seealso> - in the <c>ERTS</c> User's Guide.</p> + in the ERTS User's Guide.</p> </item> <tag><c>net_setuptime = SetupTime</c></tag> <item> @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ MaxT = TickTime + TickTime / 4</code> <tag><c>start_timer = true | false</c></tag> <item> <p>Starts the <c>timer_server</c> if the parameter is - <c>true</c> (see <seealso marker="stdlib:timer"><c>stdlib:timer(3)</c></seealso>). + <c>true</c> (see <seealso marker="stdlib:timer"><c>timer(3)</c></seealso>). This parameter is to be set to <c>true</c> in an embedded system using this service.</p> <p>Defaults to <c>false</c>.</p> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/net_kernel.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/net_kernel.xml index 3c1b3d5190..4e2b0c69db 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/net_kernel.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/net_kernel.xml @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ $ <input>erl -sname foobar</input></pre> <seealso marker="erts:erl"><c>erl</c></seealso>.</p> <p>Normally, connections are established automatically when another node is referenced. This functionality can be disabled - by setting <c>Kernel</c> configuration parameter + by setting Kernel configuration parameter <c>dist_auto_connect</c> to <c>false</c>, see <seealso marker="kernel_app"><c>kernel(6)</c></seealso>. In this case, connections must be established explicitly by calling @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ $ <input>erl -sname foobar</input></pre> are stopped. Two option lists are considered the same if they contain the same set of options.</p> - <p>As from <c>Kernel</c> version 2.11.4, and <c>ERTS</c> version + <p>As from Kernel version 2.11.4, and ERTS version 5.5.4, the following is guaranteed:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item><p><c>nodeup</c> messages are delivered before delivery @@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ $ <input>erl -sname foobar</input></pre> messages from the remote node that have been passed through the connection have been delivered.</p></item> </list> - <p>Notice that this is <em>not</em> guaranteed for <c>Kernel</c> + <p>Notice that this is <em>not</em> guaranteed for Kernel versions before 2.11.4.</p> - <p>As from <c>Kernel</c> version 2.11.4, subscriptions can also be + <p>As from Kernel version 2.11.4, subscriptions can also be made before the <c>net_kernel</c> server is started, that is, <c>net_kernel:monitor_nodes/[1,2]</c> does not return <c>ignored</c>.</p> - <p>As from <c>Kernel</c> version 2.13, and <c>ERTS</c> version + <p>As from Kernel version 2.13, and ERTS version 5.7, the following is guaranteed:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item><p><c>nodeup</c> messages are delivered after the @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ $ <input>erl -sname foobar</input></pre> corresponding node has disappeared in results from <c>erlang:nodes/X</c>.</p></item> </list> - <p>Notice that this is <em>not</em> guaranteed for <c>Kernel</c> + <p>Notice that this is <em>not</em> guaranteed for Kernel versions before 2.13.</p> <p>The format of the node status change messages depends on <c><anno>Options</anno></c>. If <c><anno>Options</anno></c> is diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/notes.xml index 3d35f6f57f..9e9be3f661 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ types (for instance, <c>ensure_loaded/1</c> now only accepts an atom as documented; it used to accept a string too).</p> - <p><c>Dialyzer</c> will generally emit warnings for any + <p>Dialyzer will generally emit warnings for any calls that use undocumented argument types. Even if the call happens to still work in R12B, you should correct your code. A future release will adhere to the diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/rpc.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/rpc.xml index 8cad9fe4fc..5944e9321a 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/rpc.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/rpc.xml @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ <fsummary>Information about a process.</fsummary> <desc> <p>Location transparent version of the BIF - <seealso marker="erts:erlang#process_info/1"><c>erlang:process_info/1</c></seealso> in <c>ERTS</c>.</p> + <seealso marker="erts:erlang#process_info/1"><c>erlang:process_info/1</c></seealso> in ERTS.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ <fsummary>Information about a process.</fsummary> <desc> <p>Location transparent version of the BIF - <seealso marker="erts:erlang#process_info/2"><c>erlang:process_info/2</c></seealso> in <c>ERTS</c>.</p> + <seealso marker="erts:erlang#process_info/2"><c>erlang:process_info/2</c></seealso> in ERTS.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/kernel/doc/src/zlib_stub.xml b/lib/kernel/doc/src/zlib_stub.xml index b111581b10..9ab9c4eb62 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/doc/src/zlib_stub.xml +++ b/lib/kernel/doc/src/zlib_stub.xml @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ <modulesummary>Zlib compression interface.</modulesummary> <description> <p>This module is moved to the - <seealso marker="erts:zlib"><c>ERTS</c></seealso> application.</p> + <seealso marker="erts:zlib">ERTS</seealso> application.</p> </description> </erlref> diff --git a/lib/kernel/src/os.erl b/lib/kernel/src/os.erl index 05bbf1069e..f8519d3a5e 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/src/os.erl +++ b/lib/kernel/src/os.erl @@ -254,7 +254,19 @@ mk_cmd(_,Cmd) -> {"/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", [out], %% We insert a new line after the command, in case the command %% contains a comment character. - ["(", unicode:characters_to_binary(Cmd), "\n); echo \"\^D\"\n"], + %% + %% The </dev/null closes stdin, which means that programs + %% that use a closed stdin as an termination indicator works. + %% An example of such a program is 'more'. + %% + %% The "echo ^D" is used to indicate that the program has executed + %% and we should return any output we have gotten. We cannot use + %% termination of the child or closing of stdin/stdout as then + %% starting background jobs from os:cmd will block os:cmd. + %% + %% I tried changing this to be "better", but got bombarded with + %% backwards incompatibility bug reports, so leave this as it is. + ["(", unicode:characters_to_binary(Cmd), "\n) </dev/null; echo \"\^D\"\n"], <<$\^D>>}. validate(Atom) when is_atom(Atom) -> diff --git a/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE.erl b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE.erl index 19ab3713a1..e76d6ec482 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE.erl +++ b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE.erl @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -export([space_in_cwd/1, quoting/1, cmd_unicode/1, space_in_name/1, bad_command/1, find_executable/1, unix_comment_in_command/1, deep_list_command/1, large_output_command/1, background_command/0, background_command/1, - message_leak/1, perf_counter_api/1]). + message_leak/1, close_stdin/0, close_stdin/1, perf_counter_api/1]). -include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ all() -> [space_in_cwd, quoting, cmd_unicode, space_in_name, bad_command, find_executable, unix_comment_in_command, deep_list_command, large_output_command, background_command, message_leak, - perf_counter_api]. + close_stdin, perf_counter_api]. groups() -> []. @@ -54,7 +54,8 @@ init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> end_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. -init_per_testcase(background_command, Config) -> +init_per_testcase(TC, Config) + when TC =:= background_command; TC =:= close_stdin -> case os:type() of {win32, _} -> {skip,"Should not work on windows"}; @@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ message_leak(_Config) -> case os:type() of {unix, _} -> - os:cmd("while true; do echo hello; done&"), + os:cmd("for i in $(seq 1 100); do echo hello; done&"), [] = receive_all(); _ -> ok % Cannot background on non-unix @@ -302,6 +303,16 @@ message_leak(_Config) -> process_flag(trap_exit, false). +%% Test that os:cmd closes stdin of the program that is executed +close_stdin() -> + [{timetrap, {seconds, 5}}]. +close_stdin(Config) -> + DataDir = proplists:get_value(data_dir, Config), + Fds = filename:join(DataDir, "my_fds"), + + "-1" = os:cmd(Fds). + + %% Test that the os:perf_counter api works as expected perf_counter_api(_Config) -> diff --git a/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/Makefile.src b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/Makefile.src index 912d0cbcb1..f83f781411 100644 --- a/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/Makefile.src +++ b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/Makefile.src @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ LD = @LD@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -I@erl_include@ @DEFS@ CROSSLDFLAGS = @CROSSLDFLAGS@ -PROGS = my_echo@exe@ +PROGS = my_echo@exe@ my_fds@exe@ all: $(PROGS) @@ -12,3 +12,9 @@ my_echo@exe@: my_echo@obj@ my_echo@obj@: my_echo.c $(CC) -c -o my_echo@obj@ $(CFLAGS) my_echo.c + +my_fds@exe@: my_fds@obj@ + $(LD) $(CROSSLDFLAGS) -o my_fds my_fds@obj@ @LIBS@ + +my_fds@obj@: my_fds.c + $(CC) -c -o my_fds@obj@ $(CFLAGS) my_fds.c diff --git a/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/my_fds.c b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/my_fds.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..704a4d1e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/kernel/test/os_SUITE_data/my_fds.c @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main(int argc, char** argv) +{ + char buff[1]; + int res = read(stdin, buff, 1); + printf("%d", res); +} diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap1.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap1.xml index 9dfeb5efe4..035e934ed2 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap1.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap1.xml @@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ <rev>C</rev> <file>Mnesia_chap1.xml</file> </header> - <p>The <c>Mnesia</c> application provides a heavy duty real-time + <p>The Mnesia application provides a heavy duty real-time distributed database.</p> <section> <title>Scope</title> <p>This User's Guide describes how to - build <c>Mnesia</c> database applications, and how to integrate - and use the <c>Mnesia</c> database management system with + build Mnesia database applications, and how to integrate + and use the Mnesia database management system with OTP. Programming constructs are described, and numerous programming examples are included to illustrate the use of - <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + Mnesia.</p> <p>This User's Guide is organized as follows:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_overview">Mnesia</seealso> provides an introduction to - <c>Mnesia</c>. + Mnesia. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_chap2">Getting Started</seealso> - introduces <c>Mnesia</c> with an example database. Examples + introduces Mnesia with an example database. Examples are included how to start an Erlang session, specify a - <c>Mnesia</c> database directory, initialize a database - schema, start <c>Mnesia</c>, and create tables. Initial + Mnesia database directory, initialize a database + schema, start Mnesia, and create tables. Initial prototyping of record definitions is also discussed. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_chap3">Build a Mnesia Database</seealso> more formally describes the steps - introduced in the previous section, namely the <c>Mnesia</c> - functions that define a database schema, start <c>Mnesia</c>, + introduced in the previous section, namely the Mnesia + functions that define a database schema, start Mnesia, and create the required tables. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_chap4">Transactions and Other Access Contexts</seealso> - describes the transactions properties that make <c>Mnesia</c> into + describes the transactions properties that make Mnesia into a fault tolerant, real-time distributed database management system. This section also describes the concept of locking to ensure consistency in tables, and "dirty @@ -76,16 +76,16 @@ features include indexing, checkpoints, distribution and fault tolerance, disc-less nodes, replication manipulation, local content tables, concurrency, and object-based programming in - <c>Mnesia</c>. + Mnesia. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_chap7">Mnesia System Information</seealso> describes the files contained in the - <c>Mnesia</c> database directory, database configuration data, + Mnesia database directory, database configuration data, core and table dumps, as well as the important subject of backup, fall-back, and disaster recovery principles. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_chap8">Combine Mnesia with - SNMP</seealso> is a short section that outlines <c>Mnesia</c> + SNMP</seealso> is a short section that outlines Mnesia integrated with SNMP. </item> <item><seealso marker="Mnesia_App_A">Appendix A: Backup diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap8.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap8.xml index f1a469e315..4a2eed84d7 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap8.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_chap8.xml @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ </item> </list> <p>All these approaches have different advantages and - disadvantages. <c>Mnesia</c> applications can easily be opened to + disadvantages. Mnesia applications can easily be opened to the SNMP protocol. A direct 1-to-1 mapping can be established - between <c>Mnesia</c> tables and SNMP tables. This means - that a <c>Mnesia</c> table can be configured to be <em>both</em> - a <c>Mnesia</c> table and an SNMP table. A number of functions to + between Mnesia tables and SNMP tables. This means + that a Mnesia table can be configured to be <em>both</em> + a Mnesia table and an SNMP table. A number of functions to control this behavior are described in the Reference Manual.</p> </section> </chapter> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_overview.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_overview.xml index d2d597b85d..63f2309284 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_overview.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/Mnesia_overview.xml @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ high level of fault tolerance that is required in many nonstop systems, combined with requirements on the DBMS to run in the same address space as the application, have led us to implement a new - DBMS, called <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> is implemented in, and tightly connected to Erlang. + DBMS, called Mnesia.</p> + <p>Mnesia is implemented in, and tightly connected to Erlang. It provides the functionality that is necessary for the implementation of fault tolerant telecommunications systems.</p> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> is a multiuser distributed DBMS specially made for + <p>Mnesia is a multiuser distributed DBMS specially made for industrial telecommunications applications written in Erlang, which is also the intended target language. - <c>Mnesia</c> tries to address all the data + Mnesia tries to address all the data management issues required for typical telecommunications systems. It has a number of features that are not normally found in traditional databases.</p> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ from the features provided by traditional DBMSs. The applications now implemented in Erlang need a mixture of a broad range of features, which generally are not satisfied by traditional DBMSs. - <c>Mnesia</c> is designed with requirements like the following in + Mnesia is designed with requirements like the following in mind:</p> <list type="ordered"> <item>Fast real-time key/value lookup @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ <item>Complex objects </item> </list> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> is designed with the typical data management problems - of telecommunications applications in mind. This sets <c>Mnesia</c> - apart from most other DBMS. Hence <c>Mnesia</c> + <p>Mnesia is designed with the typical data management problems + of telecommunications applications in mind. This sets Mnesia + apart from most other DBMS. Hence Mnesia combines many concepts found in traditional databases such as transactions and queries with concepts found in data management systems for telecommunications applications, for example:</p> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ suspending it. </item> </list> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> is also interesting because of its tight coupling to + <p>Mnesia is also interesting because of its tight coupling to Erlang, thus almost turning Erlang into a database programming language. This has many benefits, the foremost is that the impedance mismatch between the data format used by the DBMS @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ <title>Mnesia Database Management System (DBMS)</title> <section> <title>Features</title> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> contains the following features that combine to + <p>Mnesia contains the following features that combine to produce a fault-tolerant, distributed DBMS written in Erlang: </p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ functions can be called within one transaction. </item> <item>Several transactions can run concurrently, and their execution - is fully synchronized by the DBMS. <c>Mnesia</c> ensures that no + is fully synchronized by the DBMS. Mnesia ensures that no two processes manipulate data simultaneously. </item> <item>Transactions can be assigned the property of being executed on @@ -132,29 +132,29 @@ <section> <title>Add-On Application</title> - <p>Query List Comprehension (QLC) can be used with <c>Mnesia</c> + <p>Query List Comprehension (QLC) can be used with Mnesia to produce specialized functions that enhance the operational - ability of <c>Mnesia</c>. QLC has its own documentation as part + ability of Mnesia. QLC has its own documentation as part of the OTP documentation set. The main features of QLC - when used with <c>Mnesia</c> are as follows:</p> + when used with Mnesia are as follows:</p> <list type="bulleted"> - <item>QLC can optimize the query compiler for the <c>Mnesia</c> + <item>QLC can optimize the query compiler for the Mnesia DBMS, essentially making the DBMS more efficient. </item> <item>QLC can be used as a database programming - language for <c>Mnesia</c>. It includes a notation called "list + language for Mnesia. It includes a notation called "list comprehensions" and can be used to make complex database queries over a set of tables. </item> </list> <p>For information about QLC, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:qlc">qlc</seealso> manual page - in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + in STDLIB.</p> </section> <section> <title>When to Use Mnesia</title> - <p>Use <c>Mnesia</c> with the following types of applications:</p> + <p>Use Mnesia with the following types of applications:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>Applications that need to replicate data. </item> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ <item>Applications that use soft real-time characteristics. </item> </list> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> is not as appropriate with the + <p>Mnesia is not as appropriate with the following types of applications:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>Programs that process plain text or binary data files. @@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ library module <c>dets</c>, which is a disc-based version of the module <c>ets</c>. For information about <c>dets</c>, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:dets">dets</seealso> - manual page in <c>STDLIB</c>. + manual page in STDLIB. </item> <item>Applications that need disc logging facilities. Those applications can use the module <c>disk_log</c> by preference. For information about <c>disk_log</c>, see the <seealso marker="kernel:disk_log">disk_log</seealso> - manual page in <c>Kernel</c>. + manual page in Kernel. </item> <item>Hard real-time systems. </item> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia.xml index b35214cde9..621b6047ee 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <description> <p>The following are some of the most important and attractive - capabilities provided by <c>Mnesia</c>:</p> + capabilities provided by Mnesia:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>A relational/object hybrid data model that is suitable for telecommunications applications. @@ -62,15 +62,15 @@ reconfigured at runtime without stopping the system. </item> </list> - <p>This Reference Manual describes the <c>Mnesia</c> API. This - includes functions that define and manipulate <c>Mnesia</c> + <p>This Reference Manual describes the Mnesia API. This + includes functions that define and manipulate Mnesia tables.</p> <p>All functions in this Reference Manual can be used in any combination with queries using the list comprehension notation. For information about the query notation, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:qlc">qlc</seealso> - manual page in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> - <p>Data in <c>Mnesia</c> is organized as a set of tables. Each table + manual page in STDLIB.</p> + <p>Data in Mnesia is organized as a set of tables. Each table has a name that must be an atom. Each table is made up of Erlang records. The user is responsible for the record definitions. Each table also has a set of properties. The @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ <item> <p><c>index</c>. This is a list of attribute names, or integers, which specify the tuple positions on which - <c>Mnesia</c> is to build and maintain an extra index + Mnesia is to build and maintain an extra index table.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>local_content</c>. When an application requires tables whose contents are local to each node, <c>local_content</c> tables can be used. The table name - is known to all <c>Mnesia</c> nodes, but its content is + is known to all Mnesia nodes, but its content is unique on each node. This means that access to such a table must be done locally. Set field <c>local_content</c> to <c>true</c> to enable the <c>local_content</c> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ avoid inconsistencies because of network splits.</p> </item> <item> - <p><c>snmp</c>. Each (set-based) <c>Mnesia</c> table can be + <p><c>snmp</c>. Each (set-based) Mnesia table can be automatically turned into a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) ordered table as well. This property specifies the types of the SNMP keys.</p> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, <c>mnesia:fold[lr]/4</c>, <c>mnesia:next/2</c>, <c>mnesia:prev/2</c>, and - <c>mnesia:snmp_get_next_index/2</c>, <c>Mnesia</c> + <c>mnesia:snmp_get_next_index/2</c>, Mnesia compensates for every written or deleted record, which can reduce the performance.</p> <p>If possible, avoid writing or deleting records in the same @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <desc> <p>Makes the transaction silently return the tuple <c>{aborted, Reason}</c>. - Termination of a <c>Mnesia</c> transaction means that + Termination of a Mnesia transaction means that an exception is thrown to an enclosing <c>catch</c>. Thus, the expression <c>catch mnesia:abort(x)</c> does not terminate the transaction.</p> @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ <c>mnesia:ets</c>. Argument <c>AccessMod</c> is the name of a callback module, which implements the <c>mnesia_access</c> behavior.</p> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> forwards calls to the following functions:</p> + <p>Mnesia forwards calls to the following functions:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>mnesia:lock/2 (read_lock_table/1, write_lock_table/1) </item> @@ -391,15 +391,15 @@ </item> </list> <p><c>ActivityId</c> is a record that represents the identity - of the enclosing <c>Mnesia</c> activity. The first field + of the enclosing Mnesia activity. The first field (obtained with <c>element(1, ActivityId)</c>) contains an atom, which can be interpreted as the activity type: <c>ets</c>, <c>async_dirty</c>, <c>sync_dirty</c>, or <c>tid</c>. <c>tid</c> means that the activity is a transaction. The structure of the rest of the identity - record is internal to <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + record is internal to Mnesia.</p> <p><c>Opaque</c> is an opaque data structure that is internal - to <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + to Mnesia.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> <desc> <marker id="async_dirty"></marker> <p>Calls the <c>Fun</c> in a context that is not protected by - a transaction. The <c>Mnesia</c> function calls performed in + a transaction. The Mnesia function calls performed in the <c>Fun</c> are mapped to the corresponding dirty functions. This still involves logging, replication, and subscriptions, but there is no locking, local transaction @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> for normal <c>mnesia:dirty_*</c> operations, the operations are performed semi-asynchronously. For details, see <c>mnesia:activity/4</c> and the User's Guide.</p> - <p>The <c>Mnesia</c> tables can be manipulated without + <p>The Mnesia tables can be manipulated without using transactions. This has some serious disadvantages, but is considerably faster, as the transaction manager is not involved and no locks are set. A dirty operation does, @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> read records dirty than within a transaction.</p> <p>Depending on the application, it can be a good idea to use the dirty functions for certain operations. Almost all - <c>Mnesia</c> functions that can be called within + Mnesia functions that can be called within transactions have a dirty equivalent, which is much more efficient.</p> <p>However, notice that there is a risk that the database can @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> <fsummary>Backs up all tables in the database.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="backup"></marker> - <p>Activates a new checkpoint covering all <c>Mnesia</c> tables, + <p>Activates a new checkpoint covering all Mnesia tables, including the schema, with maximum degree of redundancy, and performs a backup using <c>backup_checkpoint/2/3</c>. The default value of the backup callback module <c>BackupMod</c> @@ -529,16 +529,16 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> <taglist> <tag><c>extra_db_nodes</c></tag> <item> - <p><c>Value</c> is a list of nodes that <c>Mnesia</c> + <p><c>Value</c> is a list of nodes that Mnesia is to try to connect to. <c>ReturnValue</c> is those - nodes in <c>Value</c> that <c>Mnesia</c> is connected + nodes in <c>Value</c> that Mnesia is connected to.</p> <p>Notice that this function must only be used to connect to newly started RAM nodes (N.D.R.S.N.) with an empty schema. If, for example, this function is used after the network has been partitioned, it can lead to inconsistent tables.</p> - <p>Notice that <c>Mnesia</c> can be connected to other + <p>Notice that Mnesia can be connected to other nodes than those returned in <c>ReturnValue</c>.</p> </item> <tag><c>dc_dump_limit</c></tag> @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> Configuration Parameters</seealso>. <c>ReturnValue</c> is the new value. Notice that this configuration parameter is not persistent. It is lost when - <c>Mnesia</c> has stopped.</p> + Mnesia has stopped.</p> </item> </taglist> </desc> @@ -562,9 +562,9 @@ mnesia:add_table_index(person, age)</code> <c>read_write</c> but it can also be set to the atom <c>read_only</c>. If <c>AccessMode</c> is set to <c>read_only</c>, updates to the table cannot be - performed. At startup, <c>Mnesia</c> always loads + performed. At startup, Mnesia always loads <c>read_only</c> tables locally regardless of when and if - <c>Mnesia</c> is terminated on other nodes.</p> + Mnesia is terminated on other nodes.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -620,13 +620,13 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> <desc> <marker id="create_schema"></marker> <p>Creates a new database on disc. Various files are - created in the local <c>Mnesia</c> directory of each node. + created in the local Mnesia directory of each node. Notice that the directory must be unique for each node. Two nodes must never share the same directory. If possible, use a local disc device to improve performance.</p> <p><c>mnesia:create_schema/1</c> fails if any of the Erlang nodes given as <c>DiscNodes</c> are not alive, if - <c>Mnesia</c> is running on any of the nodes, or if any + Mnesia is running on any of the nodes, or if any of the nodes already have a schema. Use <c>mnesia:delete_schema/1</c> to get rid of old faulty schemas.</p> @@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> </func> <func> <name>create_table(Name, TabDef) -> {atomic, ok} | {aborted, Reason}</name> - <fsummary>Creates a <c>Mnesia</c> table called <c>Name</c>with properties as described by argument <c>TabDef</c>.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Creates a Mnesia table called <c>Name</c>with properties as described by argument <c>TabDef</c>.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="create_table"></marker> - <p>Creates a <c>Mnesia</c> table called + <p>Creates a Mnesia table called <c>Name</c> according to argument <c>TabDef</c>. This list must be a list of <c>{Item, Value}</c> tuples, where the following values are allowed:</p> @@ -652,8 +652,8 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> set to the atom <c>read_only</c>. If <c>AccessMode</c> is set to <c>read_only</c>, updates to the table cannot be performed.</p> - <p>At startup, <c>Mnesia</c> always loads <c>read_only</c> - table locally regardless of when and if <c>Mnesia</c> is + <p>At startup, Mnesia always loads <c>read_only</c> + table locally regardless of when and if Mnesia is terminated on other nodes. This argument returns the access mode of the table. The access mode can be <c>read_only</c> or <c>read_write</c>.</p> @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> <item> <p><c>{index, Intlist}</c>, where <c>Intlist</c> is a list of attribute names (atoms) or - record fields for which <c>Mnesia</c> is to build and + record fields for which Mnesia is to build and maintain an extra index table. The <c>qlc</c> query compiler <em>may</em> be able to optimize queries if there are indexes available.</p> @@ -735,10 +735,10 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> <c>mnesia:create_table/2</c>, the table is immediately accessible by SNMP. Therefore applications that use SNMP to manipulate and control the system can be - designed easily, since <c>Mnesia</c> provides a + designed easily, since Mnesia provides a direct mapping between the logical tables that make up an SNMP control application and the physical data that - makes up a <c>Mnesia</c> table.</p> + makes up a Mnesia table.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>{storage_properties, [{Backend, Properties}]</c> @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)</code> <c>Backend</c> can currently be <c>ets</c> or <c>dets</c>. <c>Properties</c> is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. <c>Properties</c> - cannot contain properties already used by <c>Mnesia</c>, + cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as <c>type</c> or <c>named_table</c>.</p> <p>For example:</p> <code type="none"> @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()}, mnesia:create_table(person, [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]}, {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).</code> - <p>If it is required that <c>Mnesia</c> must build and + <p>If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute <c>address</c> of all the <c>person</c> records that are inserted in the table, the following code would be issued:</p> @@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, When the last replica is deleted with this function, the table disappears entirely.</p> <p>This function can also be used to delete a replica of - the table named <c>schema</c>. The <c>Mnesia</c> node is - then removed. Notice that <c>Mnesia</c> must be + the table named <c>schema</c>. The Mnesia node is + then removed. Notice that Mnesia must be stopped on the node first.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -891,9 +891,9 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <c>mnesia:create_schema/1</c>. <c>mnesia:delete_schema/1</c> fails if any of the Erlang nodes given as <c>DiscNodes</c> are not alive, or if - <c>Mnesia</c> is running on any of the nodes.</p> + Mnesia is running on any of the nodes.</p> <p>After the database is deleted, it can still be possible - to start <c>Mnesia</c> as a disc-less node. This depends + to start Mnesia as a disc-less node. This depends on how configuration parameter <c>schema_location</c> is set.</p> <warning> @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <name>dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr) -> NewVal | exit({aborted, Reason})</name> <fsummary>Dirty update of a counter record.</fsummary> <desc> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> has no special counter records. However, + <p>Mnesia has no special counter records. However, records of the form <c>{Tab, Key, Integer}</c> can be used as (possibly disc-resident) counters when <c>Tab</c> is a <c>set</c>. This function updates a counter with a positive @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <desc> <marker id="dump_log"></marker> <p>Performs a user-initiated dump of the local log file. - This is usually not necessary, as <c>Mnesia</c> by default + This is usually not necessary, as Mnesia by default manages this automatically. See configuration parameters <seealso marker="#dump_log_time_threshold">dump_log_time_threshold</seealso> and @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <fsummary>Dumps local tables into a text file.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="dump_to_textfile"></marker> - <p>Dumps all local tables of a <c>Mnesia</c> system into a + <p>Dumps all local tables of a Mnesia system into a text file, which can be edited (by a normal text editor) and then be reloaded with <c>mnesia:load_textfile/1</c>. Only use this function for @@ -1182,10 +1182,10 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, </func> <func> <name>error_description(Error) -> String</name> - <fsummary>Returns a string describing a particular <c>Mnesia</c> error.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Returns a string describing a particular Mnesia error.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="error_description"></marker> - <p>All <c>Mnesia</c> transactions, including all the schema + <p>All Mnesia transactions, including all the schema update functions, either return value <c>{atomic, Val}</c> or the tuple <c>{aborted, Reason}</c>. <c>Reason</c> can be either of the atoms in the following list. The @@ -1264,8 +1264,8 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <desc> <marker id="ets"></marker> <p>Calls the <c>Fun</c> in a raw context that is not protected by - a transaction. The <c>Mnesia</c> function call is performed in - the <c>Fun</c> and performed directly on the local <c>ets</c> + a transaction. The Mnesia function call is performed in + the <c>Fun</c> and performed directly on the local ETS tables on the assumption that the local storage type is <c>ram_copies</c> and the tables are not replicated to other nodes. Subscriptions are not triggered and checkpoints are @@ -1321,13 +1321,13 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <fsummary>Forces a table to be loaded into the system.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="force_load_table"></marker> - <p>The <c>Mnesia</c> algorithm for table load can lead to a + <p>The Mnesia algorithm for table load can lead to a situation where a table cannot be loaded. This situation - occurs when a node is started and <c>Mnesia</c> concludes, or + occurs when a node is started and Mnesia concludes, or suspects, that another copy of the table was active after this local copy became inactive because of a system crash.</p> <p>If this situation is not acceptable, this function can be - used to override the strategy of the <c>Mnesia</c> table + used to override the strategy of the Mnesia table load algorithm. This can lead to a situation where some transaction effects are lost with an inconsistent database as result, but for some applications high availability is more @@ -1402,9 +1402,9 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <desc> <marker id="info"></marker> <p>Prints system information on the terminal. - This function can be used even if <c>Mnesia</c> is not + This function can be used even if Mnesia is not started. However, more information is displayed if - <c>Mnesia</c> is started.</p> + Mnesia is started.</p> </desc> </func> <func> @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <p>Installs a backup as fallback. The fallback is used to restore the database at the next startup. Installation of fallbacks requires Erlang to be operational on all the - involved nodes, but it does not matter if <c>Mnesia</c> + involved nodes, but it does not matter if Mnesia is running or not. The installation of the fallback fails if the local node is not one of the disc-resident nodes in the backup.</p> @@ -1465,14 +1465,14 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <p><c>{mnesia_dir, AlternateDir}</c>. This argument is only valid if the scope of the installation is <c>local</c>. Normally the installation - of a fallback is targeted to the <c>Mnesia</c> directory, + of a fallback is targeted to the Mnesia directory, as configured with configuration parameter <c>-mnesia dir</c>. But by explicitly supplying an <c>AlternateDir</c>, the fallback is installed there - regardless of the <c>Mnesia</c> directory configuration + regardless of the Mnesia directory configuration parameter setting. After installation of a fallback on - an alternative <c>Mnesia</c> directory, that directory - is fully prepared for use as an active <c>Mnesia</c> + an alternative Mnesia directory, that directory + is fully prepared for use as an active Mnesia directory.</p> <p>This is a dangerous feature that must be used with care. By unintentional mixing of directories, @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <marker id="load_textfile"></marker> <p>Loads a series of definitions and data found in the text file (generated with <c>mnesia:dump_to_textfile/1</c>) - into <c>Mnesia</c>. This function also starts <c>Mnesia</c> + into Mnesia. This function also starts Mnesia and possibly creates a new schema. This function is intended for educational purposes only. It is recommended to use other functions to deal with real backups.</p> @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, </taglist> <p>Conflicting lock requests are automatically queued if there is no risk of a deadlock. Otherwise the transaction must be - terminated and executed again. <c>Mnesia</c> does this + terminated and executed again. Mnesia does this automatically as long as the upper limit of the maximum <c>retries</c> is not reached. For details, see <c>mnesia:transaction/3</c>.</p> @@ -1726,19 +1726,19 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, </func> <func> <name>report_event(Event) -> ok</name> - <fsummary>Reports a user event to the <c>Mnesia</c> event handler.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Reports a user event to the Mnesia event handler.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="report_event"></marker> - <p>When tracing a system of <c>Mnesia</c> applications it is - useful to be able to interleave <c>Mnesia</c> own events with + <p>When tracing a system of Mnesia applications it is + useful to be able to interleave Mnesia own events with application-related events that give information about the application context.</p> <p>Whenever the application begins a - new and demanding <c>Mnesia</c> task, or if it enters a new + new and demanding Mnesia task, or if it enters a new interesting phase in its execution, it can be a good idea to use <c>mnesia:report_event/1</c>. <c>Event</c> can be any term and generates a <c>{mnesia_user, Event}</c> event - for any processes that subscribe to <c>Mnesia</c> system + for any processes that subscribe to Mnesia system events.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <desc> <marker id="restore"></marker> <p>With this function, tables can be restored online from a - backup without restarting <c>Mnesia</c>. + backup without restarting Mnesia. <c>Opaque</c> is forwarded to the backup module. <c>Args</c> is a list of the following tuples:</p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(person, <p>For a complete description of <c>select</c>, see the <seealso marker="erts:index">ERTS</seealso> User's Guide and the <seealso marker="stdlib:ets">ets</seealso> manual page in - <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + STDLIB.</p> <p>For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table <c>Tab</c>:</p> <code type="none"> @@ -1920,10 +1920,10 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> </func> <func> <name>set_debug_level(Level) -> OldLevel</name> - <fsummary>Changes the internal debug level of <c>Mnesia</c>.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Changes the internal debug level of Mnesia.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="set_debug_level"></marker> - <p>Changes the internal debug level of <c>Mnesia</c>. + <p>Changes the internal debug level of Mnesia. For details, see <seealso marker="#configuration_parameters">Section Configuration Parameters</seealso>.</p> @@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> <fsummary>Sets the master nodes for all tables.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="set_master_nodes_1"></marker> - <p>For each table <c>Mnesia</c> determines its replica nodes + <p>For each table Mnesia determines its replica nodes (<c>TabNodes</c>) and starts <c>mnesia:set_master_nodes(Tab, TabMasterNodes)</c>. where <c>TabMasterNodes</c> is the intersection of @@ -1952,16 +1952,16 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> that can have caused an inconsistent database, it can use the function <c>mnesia:set_master_nodes(Tab, MasterNodes)</c> to define from which nodes each table is to be loaded. - At startup, the <c>Mnesia</c> normal table load algorithm is + At startup, the Mnesia normal table load algorithm is bypassed and the table is loaded from one of the master nodes - defined for the table, regardless of when and if <c>Mnesia</c> + defined for the table, regardless of when and if Mnesia terminated on other nodes. <c>MasterNodes</c> can only contain nodes where the table has a replica. If the <c>MasterNodes</c> list is empty, the master node recovery mechanism for the particular table is reset, and the normal load mechanism is used at the next restart.</p> <p>The master node setting is always local. It can be - changed regardless if <c>Mnesia</c> is started or not.</p> + changed regardless if Mnesia is started or not.</p> <p>The database can also become inconsistent if configuration parameter <c>max_wait_for_decision</c> is used or if <c>mnesia:force_load_table/1</c> is used.</p> @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> </func> <func> <name>snmp_get_mnesia_key(Tab, RowIndex) -> {ok, Key} | undefined</name> - <fsummary>Gets the corresponding <c>Mnesia</c> key from an SNMP index.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Gets the corresponding Mnesia key from an SNMP index.</fsummary> <type> <v>Tab ::= atom()</v> <v>RowIndex ::= [integer()]</v> @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> <v>key() ::= integer() | string() | [integer()]</v> </type> <desc> - <p>Transforms an SNMP index to the corresponding <c>Mnesia</c> + <p>Transforms an SNMP index to the corresponding Mnesia key. If the SNMP table has multiple keys, the key is a tuple of the key columns.</p> </desc> @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> </func> <func> <name>snmp_open_table(Tab, SnmpStruct) -> {aborted, R} | {atomic, ok}</name> - <fsummary>Organizes a <c>Mnesia</c> table as an SNMP table.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Organizes a Mnesia table as an SNMP table.</fsummary> <type> <v>Tab ::= atom()</v> <v>SnmpStruct ::= [{key, type()}]</v> @@ -2029,14 +2029,14 @@ mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),</code> </type> <desc> <p>A direct one-to-one mapping can be established between - <c>Mnesia</c> tables and SNMP tables. Many telecommunication + Mnesia tables and SNMP tables. Many telecommunication applications are controlled and monitored by the SNMP - protocol. This connection between <c>Mnesia</c> and SNMP + protocol. This connection between Mnesia and SNMP makes it simple and convenient to achieve this mapping.</p> <p>Argument <c>SnmpStruct</c> is a list of SNMP information. Currently, the only information needed is information about the key types in the table. Multiple - keys cannot be handled in <c>Mnesia</c>, but many SNMP + keys cannot be handled in Mnesia, but many SNMP tables have multiple keys. Therefore, the following convention is used: if a table has multiple keys, these must always be stored as a tuple of the keys. Information about @@ -2069,39 +2069,39 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, <p>When a table is SNMP ordered, modifications are more expensive than usual, O(logN). Also, more memory is used.</p> <p>Notice that only the lexicographical SNMP ordering is - implemented in <c>Mnesia</c>, not the actual SNMP monitoring.</p> + implemented in Mnesia, not the actual SNMP monitoring.</p> </desc> </func> <func> <name>start() -> ok | {error, Reason}</name> - <fsummary>Starts a local <c>Mnesia</c> system.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Starts a local Mnesia system.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="start"></marker> - <p>The startup procedure for a set of <c>Mnesia</c> nodes is a - fairly complicated operation. A <c>Mnesia</c> system consists - of a set of nodes, with <c>Mnesia</c> started locally on all + <p>The startup procedure for a set of Mnesia nodes is a + fairly complicated operation. A Mnesia system consists + of a set of nodes, with Mnesia started locally on all participating nodes. Normally, each node has a directory where - all the <c>Mnesia</c> files are written. This directory is - referred to as the <c>Mnesia</c> directory. <c>Mnesia</c> can + all the Mnesia files are written. This directory is + referred to as the Mnesia directory. Mnesia can also be started on disc-less nodes. For more information about disc-less nodes, see <c>mnesia:create_schema/1</c> and the User's Guide.</p> - <p>The set of nodes that makes up a <c>Mnesia</c> system is kept - in a schema. <c>Mnesia</c> nodes can be added to or removed + <p>The set of nodes that makes up a Mnesia system is kept + in a schema. Mnesia nodes can be added to or removed from the schema. The initial schema is normally created on disc with the function <c>mnesia:create_schema/1</c>. On disc-less nodes, a tiny default schema is generated each time - <c>Mnesia</c> is started. During the startup procedure, - <c>Mnesia</c> exchanges schema information between the nodes + Mnesia is started. During the startup procedure, + Mnesia exchanges schema information between the nodes to verify that the table definitions are compatible.</p> <p>Each schema has a unique cookie, which can be regarded as a unique schema identifier. The cookie must be the same on all - nodes where <c>Mnesia</c> is supposed to run. For details, + nodes where Mnesia is supposed to run. For details, see the User's Guide.</p> - <p>The schema file and all other files that <c>Mnesia</c> - needs are kept in the <c>Mnesia</c> directory. The + <p>The schema file and all other files that Mnesia + needs are kept in the Mnesia directory. The command-line option <c>-mnesia dir Dir</c> can be used to - specify the location of this directory to the <c>Mnesia</c> + specify the location of this directory to the Mnesia system. If no such command-line option is found, the name of the directory defaults to <c>Mnesia.Node</c>.</p> <p><c>application:start(mnesia)</c> can also be used.</p> @@ -2109,10 +2109,10 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </func> <func> <name>stop() -> stopped</name> - <fsummary>Stops <c>Mnesia</c> locally.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Stops Mnesia locally.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="stop"></marker> - <p>Stops <c>Mnesia</c> locally on the current node.</p> + <p>Stops Mnesia locally on the current node.</p> <p><c>application:stop(mnesia)</c> can also be used.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, <desc> <marker id="sync_dirty"></marker> <p>Calls the <c>Fun</c> in a context that is not protected by - a transaction. The <c>Mnesia</c> function calls performed in + a transaction. The Mnesia function calls performed in the <c>Fun</c> are mapped to the corresponding dirty functions. It is performed in almost the same context as <c>mnesia:async_dirty/1,2</c>. The difference is that the @@ -2167,10 +2167,10 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </func> <func> <name>system_info(InfoKey) -> Info | exit({aborted, Reason})</name> - <fsummary>Returns information about the <c>Mnesia</c> system.</fsummary> + <fsummary>Returns information about the Mnesia system.</fsummary> <desc> <marker id="system_info"></marker> - <p>Returns information about the <c>Mnesia</c> system, such as + <p>Returns information about the Mnesia system, such as transaction statistics, <c>db_nodes</c>, and configuration parameters. The valid keys are as follows:</p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>auto_repair</c>. Returns <c>true</c> or <c>false</c> - to indicate if <c>Mnesia</c> is configured to start the + to indicate if Mnesia is configured to start the auto-repair facility on corrupted disc files.</p> </item> <item> @@ -2209,20 +2209,20 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, in the list of nodes if they explicitly have been added to the schema, for example, with <c>mnesia:add_table_copy/3</c>. The function can be - started even if <c>Mnesia</c> is not yet running.</p> + started even if Mnesia is not yet running.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>debug</c>. Returns the current debug level of - <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + Mnesia.</p> </item> <item> - <p><c>directory</c>. Returns the name of the <c>Mnesia</c> - directory. It can be called even if <c>Mnesia</c> is + <p><c>directory</c>. Returns the name of the Mnesia + directory. It can be called even if Mnesia is not yet running.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>dump_log_load_regulation</c>. Returns a boolean that - tells if <c>Mnesia</c> is configured to regulate the + tells if Mnesia is configured to regulate the dumper process load.</p> <p>This feature is temporary and will be removed in future releases.</p> @@ -2233,9 +2233,9 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>dump_log_update_in_place</c>. Returns a boolean that - tells if <c>Mnesia</c> is configured to perform the - updates in the <c>dets</c> files directly, or if the - updates are to be performed in a copy of the <c>dets</c> + tells if Mnesia is configured to perform the + updates in the Dets files directly, or if the + updates are to be performed in a copy of the Dets files.</p> </item> <item> @@ -2253,13 +2253,13 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>held_locks</c>. Returns a list of all - locks held by the local <c>Mnesia</c> lock manager.</p> + locks held by the local Mnesia lock manager.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>is_running</c>. Returns <c>yes</c> or <c>no</c> to - indicate if <c>Mnesia</c> is running. It can + indicate if Mnesia is running. It can also return <c>starting</c> or <c>stopping</c>. Can be - called even if <c>Mnesia</c> is not yet running.</p> + called even if Mnesia is not yet running.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>local_tables</c>. Returns a list @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>log_version</c>. Returns the version - number of the <c>Mnesia</c> transaction log format.</p> + number of the Mnesia transaction log format.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>master_node_tables</c>. Returns a @@ -2280,25 +2280,25 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>protocol_version</c>. Returns the version number of - the <c>Mnesia</c> inter-process communication protocol.</p> + the Mnesia inter-process communication protocol.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>running_db_nodes</c>. Returns a list of nodes where - <c>Mnesia</c> currently is running. This function can be - called even if <c>Mnesia</c> is not yet running, but it + Mnesia currently is running. This function can be + called even if Mnesia is not yet running, but it then has slightly different semantics.</p> - <p>If <c>Mnesia</c> is down on the local node, the function + <p>If Mnesia is down on the local node, the function returns those other <c>db_nodes</c> and <c>extra_db_nodes</c> that for the moment are operational.</p> - <p>If <c>Mnesia</c> is started, the function returns - those nodes that <c>Mnesia</c> on the local node is fully - connected to. Only those nodes that <c>Mnesia</c> has + <p>If Mnesia is started, the function returns + those nodes that Mnesia on the local node is fully + connected to. Only those nodes that Mnesia has exchanged schema information with are included as <c>running_db_nodes</c>. After the merge of schemas, the - local <c>Mnesia</c> system is fully operable and + local Mnesia system is fully operable and applications can perform access of remote replicas. - Before the schema merge, <c>Mnesia</c> only operates + Before the schema merge, Mnesia only operates locally. Sometimes there are more nodes included in the <c>running_db_nodes</c> list than all <c>db_nodes</c> and <c>extra_db_nodes</c> together.</p> @@ -2322,17 +2322,17 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, <item> <p><c>transaction_failures</c>. Returns a number that indicates how many transactions have - failed since <c>Mnesia</c> was started.</p> + failed since Mnesia was started.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>transaction_commits</c>. Returns a number that indicates how many transactions have - terminated successfully since <c>Mnesia</c> was started.</p> + terminated successfully since Mnesia was started.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>transaction_restarts</c>. Returns a number that indicates how many transactions have been - restarted since <c>Mnesia</c> was started.</p> + restarted since Mnesia was started.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>transaction_log_writes</c>. @@ -2342,12 +2342,12 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>use_dir</c>. Returns a boolean that indicates if - the <c>Mnesia</c> directory is used or not. Can be - started even if <c>Mnesia</c> is not yet running.</p> + the Mnesia directory is used or not. Can be + started even if Mnesia is not yet running.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>version</c>. Returns the current - version number of <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + version number of Mnesia.</p> </item> </list> </desc> @@ -2359,13 +2359,13 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, <marker id="table"></marker> <p>Returns a Query List Comprehension (QLC) query handle, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:qlc">qlc(3)</seealso> - manual page in <c>STDLIB</c>. The module <c>qlc</c> - implements a query language that can use <c>Mnesia</c> + manual page in STDLIB. The module <c>qlc</c> + implements a query language that can use Mnesia tables as sources of data. Calling <c>mnesia:table/1,2</c> is the means to make the <c>mnesia</c> table <c>Tab</c> usable to QLC.</p> - <p><c>Option</c> can contain <c>Mnesia</c> - options or QLC options. <c>Mnesia</c> recognizes the + <p><c>Option</c> can contain Mnesia + options or QLC options. Mnesia recognizes the following options (any other option is forwarded to QLC).</p> <list type="bulleted"> @@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item><c>{n_objects,Number}</c>, where <c>n_objects</c> specifies (roughly) the number of objects returned - from <c>Mnesia</c> to QLC. Queries to remote tables + from Mnesia to QLC. Queries to remote tables can need a larger chunk to reduce network overhead. By default, <c>100</c> objects at a time are returned. </item> @@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, <desc> <marker id="table_info"></marker> <p>The <c>table_info/2</c> function takes two arguments. - The first is the name of a <c>Mnesia</c> table. + The first is the name of a Mnesia table. The second is one of the following keys:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item> @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>load_node</c>. Returns the name of - the node that <c>Mnesia</c> loaded the table from. The + the node that Mnesia loaded the table from. The structure of the returned value is unspecified, but can be useful for debugging purposes.</p> </item> @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ mnesia:create_table(employee, </item> <item> <p><c>load_reason</c>. Returns the - reason of why <c>Mnesia</c> decided to load the table. + reason of why Mnesia decided to load the table. The structure of the returned value is unspecified, but can be useful for debugging purposes.</p> </item> @@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function <c>raise/2</c> without interfering with each other.</p> - <p>Since <c>Mnesia</c> detects deadlocks, a transaction can be + <p>Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times. This function attempts a restart as specified in <c>Retries</c>. <c>Retries</c> must be an integer greater than 0 or the atom <c>infinity</c>. @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> <p><c>NewAttributeList</c> and <c>NewRecordName</c> specify the attributes and the new record type of the converted table. Table name always remains unchanged. If - <c>record_name</c> is changed, only the <c>Mnesia</c> + <c>record_name</c> is changed, only the Mnesia functions that use table identifiers work, for example, <c>mnesia:write/3</c> works, but not <c>mnesia:write/1</c>.</p> </desc> @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> distributed operation that is either performed on all nodes with disc resident schema, or none. Uninstallation of fallbacks requires Erlang to be operational on all - involved nodes, but it does not matter if <c>Mnesia</c> is + involved nodes, but it does not matter if Mnesia is running or not. Which nodes that are considered as disc-resident nodes is determined from the schema information in the local fallback.</p> @@ -2792,28 +2792,28 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> <section> <title>Configuration Parameters</title> <marker id="configuration_parameters"></marker> - <p><c>Mnesia</c> reads the following application configuration + <p>Mnesia reads the following application configuration parameters:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item> <p><c>-mnesia access_module Module</c>. The name of the - <c>Mnesia</c> activity access callback module. Default is + Mnesia activity access callback module. Default is <c>mnesia</c>.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia auto_repair true | false</c>. This flag - controls if <c>Mnesia</c> automatically tries to repair + controls if Mnesia automatically tries to repair files that have not been properly closed. Default is <c>true</c>.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia backup_module Module</c>. The name of the - <c>Mnesia</c> backup callback module. Default is + Mnesia backup callback module. Default is <c>mnesia_backup</c>.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia debug Level</c>. Controls the debug level - of <c>Mnesia</c>. The possible values are as follows:</p> + of Mnesia. The possible values are as follows:</p> <taglist> <tag><c>none</c></tag> <item> @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> events generate <c>{mnesia_info, Format, Args}</c> system events. Processes can subscribe to these events with <c>mnesia:subscribe/1</c>. The events are always sent to - the <c>Mnesia</c> event handler.</p> + the Mnesia event handler.</p> </item> <tag><c>debug</c></tag> <item> @@ -2834,15 +2834,15 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> <c>{mnesia_info, Format, Args}</c> system events. Processes can subscribe to these events with <c>mnesia:subscribe/1</c>. The events are always sent to - the <c>Mnesia</c> event handler. On this debug level, - the <c>Mnesia</c> event handler starts subscribing to + the Mnesia event handler. On this debug level, + the Mnesia event handler starts subscribing to updates in the schema table.</p> </item> <tag><c>trace</c></tag> <item> <p>Activates all events at the debug level. On this - level, the <c>Mnesia</c> event handler starts subscribing - to updates on all <c>Mnesia</c> tables. This level is + level, the Mnesia event handler starts subscribing + to updates on all Mnesia tables. This level is intended only for debugging small toy systems, as many large events can be generated.</p> </item> @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia core_dir Directory</c>. The name of the - directory where <c>Mnesia</c> core files is stored, or + directory where Mnesia core files is stored, or false. Setting it implies that also RAM-only nodes generate a core file if a crash occurs.</p> </item> @@ -2870,9 +2870,9 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia dir Directory</c>. The name of the directory - where all <c>Mnesia</c> data is stored. The directory name + where all Mnesia data is stored. The directory name must be unique for the current node. Two nodes must never - share the the same <c>Mnesia</c> directory. The results + share the the same Mnesia directory. The results are unpredictable.</p> </item> <item> @@ -2915,44 +2915,44 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia event_module Module</c>. The name of the - <c>Mnesia</c> event handler callback module. Default is + Mnesia event handler callback module. Default is <c>mnesia_event</c>.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia extra_db_nodes Nodes</c> specifies a list of nodes, in addition to the ones found in the schema, with - which <c>Mnesia</c> is also to establish contact. Default + which Mnesia is also to establish contact. Default is <c>[]</c> (empty list).</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia fallback_error_function {UserModule, UserFunc}</c>. Specifies a user-supplied callback function, which is - called if a fallback is installed and <c>Mnesia</c> goes - down on another node. <c>Mnesia</c> calls the function + called if a fallback is installed and Mnesia goes + down on another node. Mnesia calls the function with one argument, the name of the dying node, for example, - <c>UserModule:UserFunc(DyingNode)</c>. <c>Mnesia</c> must + <c>UserModule:UserFunc(DyingNode)</c>. Mnesia must be restarted, otherwise the database can be inconsistent. - The default behavior is to terminate <c>Mnesia</c>.</p> + The default behavior is to terminate Mnesia.</p> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia max_wait_for_decision Timeout</c>. Specifies - how long <c>Mnesia</c> waits for other nodes to share their + how long Mnesia waits for other nodes to share their knowledge about the outcome of an unclear transaction. By default, <c>Timeout</c> is set to the atom <c>infinity</c>. - This implies that if <c>Mnesia</c> upon startup detects + This implies that if Mnesia upon startup detects a "heavyweight transaction" whose outcome is unclear, the - local <c>Mnesia</c> waits until <c>Mnesia</c> is started + local Mnesia waits until Mnesia is started on some (in the worst case all) of the other nodes that were involved in the interrupted transaction. This is a rare - situation, but if it occurs, <c>Mnesia</c> does not guess if + situation, but if it occurs, Mnesia does not guess if the transaction on the other nodes was committed or - terminated. <c>Mnesia</c> waits until it knows the outcome + terminated. Mnesia waits until it knows the outcome and then acts accordingly.</p> <p>If <c>Timeout</c> is set to an integer value in - milliseconds, <c>Mnesia</c> forces "heavyweight transactions" + milliseconds, Mnesia forces "heavyweight transactions" to be finished, even if the outcome of the transaction for the moment is unclear. After <c>Timeout</c> milliseconds, - <c>Mnesia</c> commits or terminates the transaction and + Mnesia commits or terminates the transaction and continues with the startup. This can lead to a situation where the transaction is committed on some nodes and terminated on other nodes. If the transaction is a @@ -2976,14 +2976,14 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> </item> <item> <p><c>-mnesia schema_location Loc</c>. Controls where - <c>Mnesia</c> looks for its schema. Parameter + Mnesia looks for its schema. Parameter <c>Loc</c> can be one of the following atoms:</p> <taglist> <tag><c>disc</c></tag> <item> <p>Mandatory disc. The schema is assumed to be located - in the <c>Mnesia</c> directory. If the schema cannot - be found, <c>Mnesia</c> refuses to start. This is the + in the Mnesia directory. If the schema cannot + be found, Mnesia refuses to start. This is the old behavior.</p> </item> <tag><c>ram</c></tag> @@ -3001,10 +3001,10 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> <tag><c>opt_disc</c></tag> <item> <p>Optional disc. The schema can reside on disc or in - RAM. If the schema is found on disc, <c>Mnesia</c> + RAM. If the schema is found on disc, Mnesia starts as a disc-based node and the storage type of the schema table is <c>disc_copies</c>. If no schema is - found on disc, <c>Mnesia</c> starts as a disc-less node + found on disc, Mnesia starts as a disc-less node and the storage type of the schema table is <c>ram_copies</c>. Default value for the application parameter is <c>opt_disc</c>.</p> @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ raise(Name, Amount) -> </taglist> </item> </list> - <p>First, the <c>SASL</c> application parameters are checked, + <p>First, the SASL application parameters are checked, then the command-line flags are checked, and finally, the default value is chosen.</p> </section> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_frag_hash.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_frag_hash.xml index 95f5f8aa07..51b32129b6 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_frag_hash.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_frag_hash.xml @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@ the new one.</p> <p><c>NewState</c> is stored as <c>hash_state</c> among the other <c>frag_properties</c>.</p> - <p>As a part of the <c>add_frag</c> procedure, <c>Mnesia</c> iterates + <p>As a part of the <c>add_frag</c> procedure, Mnesia iterates over all fragments corresponding to the <c>IterFrags</c> numbers and starts <c>key_to_frag_number(NewState,RecordKey)</c> for each record. If the new fragment differs from the old fragment, the record is moved to the new fragment.</p> <p>As the <c>add_frag</c> procedure is a part of a schema - transaction, <c>Mnesia</c> acquires write locks on the + transaction, Mnesia acquires write locks on the affected tables. That is, both the fragments corresponding to <c>IterFrags</c> and those corresponding to <c>AdditionalLockFrags</c>.</p> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <desc> <p><c>NewState</c> is stored as <c>hash_state</c> among the other <c>frag_properties</c>.</p> - <p>As a part of the <c>del_frag</c> procedure, <c>Mnesia</c> iterates + <p>As a part of the <c>del_frag</c> procedure, Mnesia iterates over all fragments corresponding to the <c>IterFrags</c> numbers and starts <c>key_to_frag_number(NewState,RecordKey)</c> for each record. If the new fragment differs from the old @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ <p>Notice that all records in the last fragment must be moved to another fragment, as the entire fragment is deleted.</p> <p>As the <c>del_frag</c> procedure is a part of a schema - transaction, <c>Mnesia</c> acquires write locks on the + transaction, Mnesia acquires write locks on the affected tables. That is, both the fragments corresponding to <c>IterFrags</c> and those corresponding to <c>AdditionalLockFrags</c>.</p> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ <v>Reason = term()</v> </type> <desc> - <p>Starts whenever <c>Mnesia</c> needs to determine + <p>Starts whenever Mnesia needs to determine which fragment a certain record belongs to. It is typically started at <c>read</c>, <c>write</c>, and <c>delete</c>.</p> </desc> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <v>Reason = term()</v> </type> <desc> - <p>This function is called whenever <c>Mnesia</c> needs to determine + <p>This function is called whenever Mnesia needs to determine which fragments that need to be searched for a <c>MatchSpec</c>. It is typically called by <c>select</c> and <c>match_object</c>.</p> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_registry.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_registry.xml index cd778ae072..a76f716981 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_registry.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/mnesia_registry.xml @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <modulesummary>Dump support for registries in erl_interface.</modulesummary> <description> <p>This module is usually part of the <c>erl_interface</c> - application, but is currently part of the <c>Mnesia</c> + application, but is currently part of the Mnesia application.</p> <p>This module is mainly intended for internal use within OTP, but it has two functions that are exported for public use.</p> <p>On C-nodes, <c>erl_interface</c> has support for registry tables. These tables reside in RAM on the C-node, but can also - be dumped into <c>Mnesia</c> tables. By default, the dumping + be dumped into Mnesia tables. By default, the dumping of registry tables through <c>erl_interface</c> causes a - corresponding <c>Mnesia</c> table to be created with + corresponding Mnesia table to be created with <c>mnesia_registry:create_table/1</c>, if necessary.</p> <p>Tables that are created with these functions can be - administered as all other <c>Mnesia</c> tables. They can be + administered as all other Mnesia tables. They can be included in backups, replicas can be added, and so on. - The tables are normal <c>Mnesia</c> tables owned by the user + The tables are normal Mnesia tables owned by the user of the corresponding <c>erl_interface</c> registries.</p> </description> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that is, <c>{ram_copies,[node()]}</c> or <c>{disc_copies,[node()]}</c>.</p> <p>This function is used by <c>erl_interface</c> to - create the <c>Mnesia</c> table if it does not already + create the Mnesia table if it does not already exist.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/part.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/part.xml index 101bdb29d4..d3ffe93937 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/part.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/part.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <file>part.sgml</file> </header> <description> - <p>The <c>Mnesia</c> application is a distributed Database Management + <p>The Mnesia application is a distributed Database Management System (DBMS), appropriate for telecommunications applications and other Erlang applications, which require continuous operation and exhibit soft real-time properties.</p> diff --git a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/ref_man.xml b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/ref_man.xml index 662f0d61d6..7fb71b9c45 100644 --- a/lib/mnesia/doc/src/ref_man.xml +++ b/lib/mnesia/doc/src/ref_man.xml @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <file>refman.sgml</file> </header> <description> - <p>The <c>Mnesia</c> application is a distributed Database Management + <p>The Mnesia application is a distributed Database Management System (DBMS), appropriate for telecommunications applications and other Erlang applications, which require continuous operation and exhibit soft real-time properties.</p> diff --git a/lib/observer/doc/src/ttb.xml b/lib/observer/doc/src/ttb.xml index 94ecef24b4..42b0fa1d8a 100644 --- a/lib/observer/doc/src/ttb.xml +++ b/lib/observer/doc/src/ttb.xml @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ttb:p(all, call).</input></pre> <p>For a description of the <c>match_spec()</c> syntax, see section <seealso marker="erts:match_spec"><c>Match Specifications in Erlang</c></seealso> - in <c>ERTS</c>, which explains the general match specification "language". + in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language". </p> <note> <p>The <em>system tracer</em> for sequential tracing is diff --git a/lib/observer/src/observer_tv_wx.erl b/lib/observer/src/observer_tv_wx.erl index 59f6443551..968a7620aa 100644 --- a/lib/observer/src/observer_tv_wx.erl +++ b/lib/observer/src/observer_tv_wx.erl @@ -124,6 +124,8 @@ handle_event(#wx{id=Id}, State = #state{node=Node, grid=Grid, opt=Opt0}) end, case get_tables2(Node, Opt) of Error = {error, _} -> + Id =:= ?ID_MNESIA andalso + wxMenuBar:check(observer_wx:get_menubar(), ?ID_ETS, true), self() ! Error, {noreply, State}; Tables -> @@ -217,22 +219,32 @@ handle_info(refresh_interval, State = #state{node=Node, grid=Grid, opt=Opt, {noreply, State#state{tabs=Tabs}} end; -handle_info({active, Node}, State = #state{parent=Parent, grid=Grid, opt=Opt, +handle_info({active, Node}, State = #state{parent=Parent, grid=Grid, opt=Opt0, timer=Timer0}) -> - Tables = get_tables(Node, Opt), + {Tables, Opt} = case Opt0#opt.type =:= mnesia andalso get_tables2(Node, Opt0) of + Ts when is_list(Ts) -> + {Ts, Opt0}; + _ -> % false or error getting mnesia tables + Opt1 = Opt0#opt{type=ets}, + {get_tables(Node, Opt1), Opt1} + end, Tabs = update_grid(Grid, Opt, Tables), wxWindow:setFocus(Grid), create_menus(Parent, Opt), Timer = observer_lib:start_timer(Timer0), - {noreply, State#state{node=Node, tabs=Tabs, timer=Timer}}; + {noreply, State#state{node=Node, tabs=Tabs, timer=Timer, opt=Opt}}; handle_info(not_active, State = #state{timer = Timer0}) -> Timer = observer_lib:stop_timer(Timer0), {noreply, State#state{timer=Timer}}; -handle_info({error, Error}, State) -> +handle_info({error, Error}, #state{opt=Opt}=State) -> handle_error(Error), - {noreply, State}; + case Opt#opt.type of + mnesia -> wxMenuBar:check(observer_wx:get_menubar(), ?ID_ETS, true); + _ -> ok + end, + {noreply, State#state{opt=Opt#opt{type=ets}}}; handle_info(_Event, State) -> {noreply, State}. diff --git a/lib/observer/src/observer_wx.erl b/lib/observer/src/observer_wx.erl index 301bb4b32f..5732c12006 100644 --- a/lib/observer/src/observer_wx.erl +++ b/lib/observer/src/observer_wx.erl @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ -behaviour(wx_object). -export([start/0, stop/0]). --export([create_menus/2, get_attrib/1, get_tracer/0, get_active_node/0, +-export([create_menus/2, get_attrib/1, get_tracer/0, get_active_node/0, get_menubar/0, set_status/1, create_txt_dialog/4, try_rpc/4, return_to_localnode/2]). -export([init/1, handle_event/2, handle_cast/2, terminate/2, code_change/3, @@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ get_tracer() -> get_active_node() -> wx_object:call(observer, get_active_node). +get_menubar() -> + wx_object:call(observer, get_menubar). + %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% init(_Args) -> @@ -391,6 +394,9 @@ handle_call(get_tracer, _From, State=#state{trace_panel=TraceP}) -> handle_call(get_active_node, _From, State=#state{node=Node}) -> {reply, Node, State}; +handle_call(get_menubar, _From, State=#state{menubar=MenuBar}) -> + {reply, MenuBar, State}; + handle_call(stop, From, State) -> stop_servers(State), {noreply, State#state{reply_to=From}}; diff --git a/lib/odbc/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/odbc/doc/src/notes.xml index d3dd39616f..40f9339028 100644 --- a/lib/odbc/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/odbc/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ also been extended. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> scripts of <c>erl_interface</c> and <c>odbc</c> now search for thread libraries and thread library quirks the - same way as <c>erts</c> do. </item><item> The + same way as ERTS do. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> script of the <c>odbc</c> application now also looks for odbc libraries in <c>lib64</c> and <c>lib/64</c> directories when building on a 64-bit diff --git a/lib/parsetools/doc/src/yecc.xml b/lib/parsetools/doc/src/yecc.xml index 6ec9fb5f0e..9188bd2a22 100644 --- a/lib/parsetools/doc/src/yecc.xml +++ b/lib/parsetools/doc/src/yecc.xml @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <p>The grammar starts with an optional <c>header</c> section. The header is put first in the generated file, before the module declaration. The purpose of the header is to provide a means to - make the documentation generated by <c>EDoc</c> look nicer. Each + make the documentation generated by EDoc look nicer. Each header line should be enclosed in double quotes, and newlines will be inserted between the lines. For example:</p> <code> diff --git a/lib/reltool/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/reltool/doc/src/notes.xml index 6df4924d0a..25d983afd3 100644 --- a/lib/reltool/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/reltool/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -546,8 +546,8 @@ <p>The handling of applications included in releases has been improved. Applications that are required to be started before other applications in a release are now - automatically included in the release. The <c>kernel</c> - and <c>stdlib</c> applications are always included as + automatically included in the release. The Kernel + and STDLIB applications are always included as they are mandatory.</p> <p>Applications that are (explicitly or implicitly) included in a release are now automatically included as diff --git a/lib/reltool/doc/src/part.xml b/lib/reltool/doc/src/part.xml index 5904084879..e608d548ea 100644 --- a/lib/reltool/doc/src/part.xml +++ b/lib/reltool/doc/src/part.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <rev>%VSN%</rev> </header> <description> - <p><c>Reltool</c> is a release management tool. It analyses a given + <p>Reltool is a release management tool. It analyses a given Erlang/OTP installation and determines various dependencies between applications. The <c>graphical</c> frontend depicts the dependencies and enables interactive customization of a diff --git a/lib/reltool/doc/src/ref_man.xml b/lib/reltool/doc/src/ref_man.xml index 38f270b79a..1684f075ff 100644 --- a/lib/reltool/doc/src/ref_man.xml +++ b/lib/reltool/doc/src/ref_man.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <rev>%VSN%</rev> </header> <description> - <p><c>Reltool</c> is a release management tool. It analyses a given + <p>Reltool is a release management tool. It analyses a given Erlang/OTP installation and determines various dependencies between applications. The <c>graphical</c> frontend depicts the dependencies and enables interactive customization of a diff --git a/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool.xml b/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool.xml index 38448e7961..5bfbee966b 100644 --- a/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool.xml +++ b/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool.xml @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <p>The tool uses an installed Erlang/OTP system as input. <c>root_dir</c> is the root directory of the analysed system and - it defaults to the system executing <c>reltool</c>. Applications + it defaults to the system executing Reltool. Applications may also be located outside <c>root_dir</c>. <c>lib_dirs</c> defines library directories where additional applications may reside and it defaults to the directories @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <p>An application directory <c>AppDir</c> under a library directory is recognized by the existence of an <c>AppDir/ebin</c> - directory. If this does not exist, <c>reltool</c> will not + directory. If this does not exist, Reltool will not consider <c>AppDir</c> at all when looking for applications.</p> <p>It is recommended that application directories are named as the @@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ <tag><c>config</c></tag> <item> <p>This is the main option and it controls the configuration - of <c>reltool</c>. It can either be a <c>sys</c> tuple or + of Reltool. It can either be a <c>sys</c> tuple or a name of a <c>file</c> containing a sys tuple.</p> </item> <tag><c>trap_exit</c></tag> <item> <p>This option controls the error handling behavior of - <c>reltool</c>. By default the window processes traps + Reltool. By default the window processes traps exit, but this behavior can altered by setting <c>trap_exit</c> to <c>false</c>.</p> </item> diff --git a/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool_intro.xml b/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool_intro.xml index 8e232b8838..2980ad7977 100644 --- a/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool_intro.xml +++ b/lib/reltool/doc/src/reltool_intro.xml @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <rev>%VSN%</rev> <file>reltool_intro.xml</file> </header> - <p><c>Reltool</c> is a release management tool. It analyses a given + <p>Reltool is a release management tool. It analyses a given Erlang/OTP installation and determines various dependencies between applications. The <c>graphical</c> frontend depicts the dependencies and enables interactive customization of a target system. The backend provides a @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ and about the Erlang/OTP development system:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item> - <p>the Reference Manual of <c>Reltool</c></p> + <p>the Reference Manual of Reltool</p> </item> <item> <p>the Erlang/OTP <c>System Principles</c></p> diff --git a/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/dbg.xml b/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/dbg.xml index 14a81b2293..db04bfdf7b 100644 --- a/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/dbg.xml +++ b/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/dbg.xml @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <p>Pseudo function that by means of a <c>parse_transform</c> translates the <em>literal</em><c>fun()</c> typed as parameter in the function call to a match specification as described in - the <c>match_spec</c> manual of <c>ERTS</c> users guide. + the <c>match_spec</c> manual of ERTS users guide. (with literal I mean that the <c>fun()</c> needs to textually be written as the parameter of the function, it cannot be held in a variable which in turn is passed to the diff --git a/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/notes.xml index 6bec7cb9ca..b6dfb2dd28 100644 --- a/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/runtime_tools/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ also been extended. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> scripts of <c>erl_interface</c> and <c>odbc</c> now search for thread libraries and thread library quirks the - same way as <c>erts</c> do. </item><item> The + same way as ERTS do. </item><item> The <c>configure</c> script of the <c>odbc</c> application now also looks for odbc libraries in <c>lib64</c> and <c>lib/64</c> directories when building on a 64-bit diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/alarm_handler.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/alarm_handler.xml index 8550a88b28..4160757164 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/alarm_handler.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/alarm_handler.xml @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ format is defined by the user. For example, an event handler for SNMP can be defined, together with an alarm Management Information Base (MIB).</p> - <p>The alarm handler is part of the <c>SASL</c> application.</p> + <p>The alarm handler is part of the SASL application.</p> <p>When writing new event handlers for the alarm handler, the following events must be handled:</p> <taglist> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ {NewHandler, Args})</c>. <c>NewHandler:init({Args, {alarm_handler, Alarms}})</c> is called. For more details, see <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_event"><c>gen_event(3)</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + in STDLIB.</p> </description> <funcs> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/appup.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/appup.xml index 6fbdcb9f5b..a43a966dcb 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/appup.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/appup.xml @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ point_of_no_return</pre> system is restarted.</p> <pre> restart_new_emulator</pre> - <p>This instruction is used when the application <c>ERTS</c>, - <c>Kernel</c>, <c>STDLIB</c>, or <c>SASL</c> is + <p>This instruction is used when the application ERTS, + Kernel, STDLIB, or SASL is upgraded. It shuts down the current emulator and starts a new one. All processes are terminated gracefully, and the new - version of <c>ERTS</c>, <c>Kernel</c>, <c>STDLIB</c>, and - <c>SASL</c> are used when the emulator restarts. + version of ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB, and + SASL are used when the emulator restarts. Only one <c>restart_new_emulator</c> instruction is allowed in the <c>relup</c> file, and it must be placed first. <seealso marker="systools#make_relup/3"><c>systools:make_relup/3,4</c></seealso> @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ restart_new_emulator</pre> <warning> <p>As stated earlier, instruction <c>restart_new_emulator</c> causes the emulator to be restarted with new versions of - <c>ERTS</c>, <c>Kernel</c>, <c>STDLIB</c>, and <c>SASL</c>. + ERTS>, Kernel, STDLIB, and SASL. However, all other applications do at startup run their old versions in this new emulator. This is usually no problem, but every now and then incompatible changes occur to the diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/error_logging.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/error_logging.xml index 8464a41ff9..4b2c960bbb 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/error_logging.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/error_logging.xml @@ -32,20 +32,20 @@ <rev>B</rev> <file>error_logging.xml</file> </header> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application introduces three types of reports:</p> + <p>The SASL application introduces three types of reports:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>Supervisor report</item> <item>Progress report</item> <item>Crash report</item> </list> - <p>When the <c>SASL</c> application is started, it adds a handler that + <p>When the SASL application is started, it adds a handler that formats and writes these reports, as specified in the configuration - parameters for <c>SASL</c>, that is, the environment variables - in the <c>SASL</c> application specification, which is found in the - <c>.app</c> file of <c>SASL</c>. For details, see the + parameters for SASL, that is, the environment variables + in the SASL application specification, which is found in the + <c>.app</c> file of SASL. For details, see the <seealso marker="sasl_app"><c>sasl(6)</c></seealso> application in the Reference Manual and the <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> - file in the <c>Kernel</c> Reference Manual.</p> + file in the Kernel Reference Manual.</p> <section> <title>Supervisor Report</title> @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ <p>The report browser is used to browse and format error reports written by the error logger handler <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>log_mf_h</c></seealso> - defined in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + defined in STDLIB.</p> <p>The <c>log_mf_h</c> handler writes all reports to a report logging directory, which is specified when - configuring the <c>SASL</c> application.</p> + configuring the SASL application.</p> <p>If the report browser is used offline, the reports can be copied to another directory specified when starting the browser. If no such directory - is specified, the browser reads reports from the <c>SASL</c> + is specified, the browser reads reports from the SASL <c>error_logger_mf_dir</c>.</p> <section> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/notes.xml index dae73f8b23..bd713af932 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ <list> <item> <p>Use an infinity timeout in all calls to - <c>gen_server:call()</c> in the <c>sasl</c> + <c>gen_server:call()</c> in the SASL application.</p> <p> Own Id: OTP-8506 Aux Id: seq11509 </p> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/part.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/part.xml index f531ed2dea..659710487e 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/part.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/part.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <file>part.xml</file> </header> <description> - <p>The System Architecture Support Libraries <c>SASL</c> application + <p>The System Architecture Support Libraries SASL application provides support for alarm handling, release handling, and related functions.</p> </description> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/rb.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/rb.xml index 1ce19046eb..d5df4fd345 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/rb.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/rb.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <p>The Report Browser (RB) tool is used to browse and format error reports written by the error logger handler <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h"><c>log_mf_h</c></seealso> - in <c>STDLIB</c>.</p> + in STDLIB.</p> </description> <funcs> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ reports that match that filter.</p> <p>The reports are matched using the <seealso marker="stdlib:proplists"><c>proplists</c></seealso> - module in <c>STDLIB</c>. The report must be a proplist + module in STDLIB. The report must be a proplist to be matched against any of the filters.</p> <p>If the filter has the form <c>{Key, RegExp, re}</c>, the report must contain an element with key equal to <c>Key</c> and @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ </list> <p>For a definition of valid regular expressions and options, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:re"><c>re</c></seealso> module in - <c>STDLIB</c> and in particular function <c>re:run/3</c>.</p> + STDLIB and in particular function <c>re:run/3</c>.</p> <p>For details about data type <c>mp()</c>, see <seealso marker="stdlib:re#type-mp"><c>re:mp()</c></seealso>.</p> </desc> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/ref_man.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/ref_man.xml index 42045df5ec..78cf1eb26e 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/ref_man.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/ref_man.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <file>application.xml</file> </header> <description> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application provides support for alarm handling, + <p>The SASL application provides support for alarm handling, release handling, and related functions.</p> </description> <xi:include href="sasl_app.xml"/> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/rel.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/rel.xml index d6558c06b4..9356b2cd47 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/rel.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/rel.xml @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <tag><c>Vsn = string()</c></tag> <item><p>Release version.</p></item> <tag><c>EVsn = string()</c></tag> - <item><p><c>ERTS</c> version the release is intended for.</p></item> + <item><p>ERTS version the release is intended for.</p></item> <tag><c>Application = atom()</c></tag> <item><p>Name of an application included in the release.</p></item> <tag><c>AppVsn = string()</c></tag> @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ to the same value as in the application resource file.</p></item> </taglist> <note> - <p>The list of applications must contain the <c>Kernel</c> and - <c>STDLIB</c> applications.</p> + <p>The list of applications must contain the Kernel and + STDLIB applications.</p> </note> </section> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/release_handler.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/release_handler.xml index bcbc5f5339..8f073807fb 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/release_handler.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/release_handler.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <module>release_handler</module> <modulesummary>Unpacking and Installation of Release Packages</modulesummary> <description> - <p>The <em>release handler</em> process belongs to the <c>SASL</c> + <p>The <em>release handler</em> process belongs to the SASL application, which is responsible for <em>release handling</em>, that is, unpacking, installation, and removal of release packages.</p> <p>An introduction to release handling and an example is provided in @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ directory of the previous version of the release, where <c>$ROOT</c> is the installation root directory, <seealso marker="kernel:code#root_dir/0"><c>code:root_dir()</c></seealso>. - Another <c>releases</c> directory can be specified using the <c>SASL</c> + Another <c>releases</c> directory can be specified using the SASL configuration parameter <c>releases_dir</c> or the OS environment variable <c>RELDIR</c>. The release handler must have write access to this directory to install the new release. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <item>A boot script, <c>Name.boot</c></item> </list> <p>The <c>.rel</c> file contains information about the release: its name, - version, and which <c>ERTS</c> and application versions it uses.</p> + version, and which ERTS and application versions it uses.</p> <p>A release package can also contain:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>A release upgrade file, <c>relup</c></item> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <em>System Documentation</em>. In this case, the system configuration file <c>sys.config</c> is mandatory.</p> <p>The installation of a new release can restart the system. Which - program to use is specified by the <c>SASL</c> configuration + program to use is specified by the SASL configuration parameter <c>start_prg</c>, which defaults to <c>$ROOT/bin/start</c>.</p> <p>The emulator restart on Windows NT expects that the system is @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ is made permanent.</p> <p>The release handler at a node running on a diskless machine, or with a read-only file system, must be configured accordingly - using the following <c>SASL</c> configuration parameters (for + using the following SASL configuration parameters (for details, see <seealso marker="sasl_app">sasl(6)</seealso>):</p> <taglist> <tag><c>masters</c></tag> @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ returned, the emulator is restarted before the upgrade instructions are executed. This occurs if the emulator or any of the applications - <c>Kernel</c>, <c>STDLIB</c>, or <c>SASL</c> + Kernel, STDLIB, or SASL are updated. The new emulator version and these core applications execute after the restart. For all other applications the old versions are @@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ <tag><c>code_change_timeout</c></tag> <item><p>Defines the time-out for all calls to - <seealso marker="stdlib:sys#change_code/4"><c>stdlib:sys:change_code</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="stdlib:sys#change_code/4"><c>sys:change_code</c></seealso>. If no value is specified or <c>default</c> is specified, the default value defined in <c>sys</c> is used.</p></item> <tag><c>suspend_timeout</c></tag> <item><p>Defines the time-out for all calls to - <seealso marker="stdlib:sys#suspend/1"><c>stdlib:sys:suspend</c></seealso>. + <seealso marker="stdlib:sys#suspend/1"><c>sys:suspend</c></seealso>. If no value is specified, the values defined by the <c>Timeout</c> parameter of the <c>upgrade</c> or <c>suspend</c> instructions are used. If <c>default</c> is specified, the default value defined in @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]). => {ok,NewVsn}</code> <p>If <c>NewVsn</c> is installed with option <c>{update_paths,true}</c>, then - <seealso marker="kernel:code#lib_dir/1"><c>kernel:code:lib_dir(myapp)</c></seealso> + <seealso marker="kernel:code#lib_dir/1"><c>code:lib_dir(myapp)</c></seealso> returns <c>/home/user/myapp-1.0</c>.</p></item> </taglist> <note> @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]). is an atom named from the Posix error codes, such as <c>enoent</c>, <c>eacces</c>, or <c>eisdir</c>. See <seealso marker="kernel:file"><c>file(3)</c></seealso> - in <c>Kernel</c>.</p></item> + in Kernel.</p></item> <tag><c>Posix</c></tag> <item><p>Some file operation failed, as for the previous item in the list.</p></item> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_app.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_app.xml index 52f449c2a8..0576397f9b 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_app.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_app.xml @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ <app>sasl</app> <appsummary>The SASL application</appsummary> <description> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application provides the following services:</p> + <p>The SASL application provides the following services:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item><c>alarm_handler</c></item> <item><c>rb</c></item> <item><c>release_handler</c></item> <item><c>systools</c></item> </list> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application also includes <c>error_logger</c> event - handlers for formatting <c>SASL</c> error and crash reports.</p> + <p>The SASL application also includes <c>error_logger</c> event + handlers for formatting SASL error and crash reports.</p> <note> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application in OTP has nothing to do with + <p>The SASL application in OTP has nothing to do with "Simple Authentication and Security Layer" (RFC 4422).</p> </note> </description> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <section> <title>Error Logger Event Handlers</title> <p>The following error logger event handlers are used by - the <c>SASL</c> application.</p> + the SASL application.</p> <taglist> <tag><c>sasl_report_tty_h</c></tag> <item> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ reports</em>, and <em>progress reports</em> to <c>stdio</c>. This error logger event handler uses <seealso marker="kernel:kernel_app#error_logger_format_depth">error_logger_format_depth</seealso> - in the <c>Kernel</c> application to limit how much detail is + in the Kernel application to limit how much detail is printed in crash and supervisor reports.</p> </item> <tag><c>sasl_report_file_h</c></tag> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ report</em>, and <em>progress report</em> to a single file. This error logger event handler uses <seealso marker="kernel:kernel_app#error_logger_format_depth">error_logger_format_depth</seealso> - in the <c>Kernel</c> application to limit the details + in the Kernel application to limit the details printed in crash and supervisor reports.</p> </item> <tag><c>log_mf_h</c></tag> @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ error logger to disk. Multiple files and log rotation are used. For efficiency reasons, each event is written as a binary. For more information about this handler, - see <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h">the <c>STDLIB</c> Reference + see <seealso marker="stdlib:log_mf_h">the STDLIB Reference Manual</seealso>.</p> - <p>To activate this event handler, three <c>SASL</c> + <p>To activate this event handler, three SASL configuration parameters must be set, <c>error_logger_mf_dir</c>, <c>error_logger_mf_maxbytes</c>, and <c>error_logger_mf_maxfiles</c>. The next section provides @@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ <section> <title>Configuration</title> - <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the <c>SASL</c> + <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the SASL application. For more information about configuration parameters, see - <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> in <c>Kernel</c>.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> in Kernel.</p> <p>All configuration parameters are optional.</p> <taglist> <tag><c><![CDATA[sasl_error_logger = Value ]]></c></tag> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Use <c>[append]</c> to have the <c>FileName</c> open in append mode. <c>FileName</c> is a string.</p></item> <tag><c>false</c></tag> - <item><p>No <c>SASL</c> error logger handler is installed.</p></item> + <item><p>No SASL error logger handler is installed.</p></item> </taglist> </item> <tag><c><![CDATA[errlog_type = error | progress | all ]]></c></tag> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_intro.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_intro.xml index b71dafb192..f74a7c1db8 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_intro.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/sasl_intro.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <section> <title>Scope</title> - <p>The <c>SASL</c> application provides support for:</p> + <p>The SASL application provides support for:</p> <list type="bulleted"> <item>Error logging</item> <item>Alarm handling</item> diff --git a/lib/sasl/doc/src/systools.xml b/lib/sasl/doc/src/systools.xml index 7446762de4..fa503fa573 100644 --- a/lib/sasl/doc/src/systools.xml +++ b/lib/sasl/doc/src/systools.xml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ </item> <item> <p>If the emulator needs to be restarted after upgrading or - downgrading, that is, if the <c>ERTS</c> version differs + downgrading, that is, if the ERTS version differs between <c>Name.rel</c> and <c>Name2.rel</c></p> </item> </list> @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ between the applications. Where there are no dependencies, the order in the <c>.rel</c> file is kept.</p> <p>The function fails if the mandatory - applications <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c> are not + applications Kernel and STDLIB are not included in the <c>.rel</c> file and have start type <c>permanent</c> (which is default).</p> - <p>If <c>SASL</c> is not included as an application in + <p>If SASL is not included as an application in the <c>.rel</c> file, a warning is issued because such a release cannot be used in an upgrade. To turn off this warning, add option <c>no_warn_sasl</c>.</p> diff --git a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh.xml b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh.xml index e6c54d27bf..ef9f7cbd9b 100644 --- a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh.xml +++ b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <erlref> <header> <copyright> - <year>2004</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2004</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ <p>Utility function that starts the applications <c>crypto</c>, <c>public_key</c>, and <c>ssh</c>. Default type is <c>temporary</c>. For more information, see the <seealso marker="kernel:application">application(3)</seealso> - manual page in <c>kernel</c>.</p> + manual page in Kernel.</p> </desc> </func> @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ <desc> <p>Stops the <c>ssh</c> application. For more information, see the <seealso marker="kernel:application">application(3)</seealso> - manual page in <c>kernel</c>.</p> + manual page in Kernel.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_app.xml b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_app.xml index f6ce44c015..5cc4c24889 100644 --- a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_app.xml +++ b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_app.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <appref> <header> <copyright> - <year>2012</year><year>2015</year> + <year>2012</year><year>2016</year> <holder>Ericsson AB. All Rights Reserved.</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ <section> <title>Unicode support</title> <p>Unicode filenames are supported if the emulator and the underlaying OS support it. See section DESCRIPTION in the - <seealso marker="kernel:file">file</seealso> manual page in <c>kernel</c> for information about this subject. + <seealso marker="kernel:file">file</seealso> manual page in Kernel for information about this subject. </p> <p>The shell and the cli both support unicode. </p> diff --git a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_channel.xml b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_channel.xml index 907b0b3bec..7b598494f7 100644 --- a/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_channel.xml +++ b/lib/ssh/doc/src/ssh_channel.xml @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ enters the <c>ssh_channel</c> process receive loop and become an <c>ssh_channel process</c>. The process must have been started using one of the start functions in <c>proc_lib</c>, see the <seealso - marker="stdlib:proc_lib">proc_lib(3)</seealso> manual page in <c>stdlib</c>. + marker="stdlib:proc_lib">proc_lib(3)</seealso> manual page in STDLIB. The user is responsible for any initialization of the process and must call <seealso marker = "#init-1">ssh_channel:init/1</seealso>. </p> diff --git a/lib/ssl/doc/src/ssl_distribution.xml b/lib/ssl/doc/src/ssl_distribution.xml index 4bd5f67202..1150043e76 100644 --- a/lib/ssl/doc/src/ssl_distribution.xml +++ b/lib/ssl/doc/src/ssl_distribution.xml @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ <section> <title>Building Boot Scripts Including the ssl Application</title> <p>Boot scripts are built using the <c>systools</c> utility in the - <c>sasl</c> application. For more information on <c>systools</c>, - see the <c>sasl</c> documentation. This is only an example of + SASL application. For more information on <c>systools</c>, + see the SASL documentation. This is only an example of what can be done.</p> <p>The simplest boot script possible includes only the Kernel diff --git a/lib/ssl/test/ssl_test_lib.erl b/lib/ssl/test/ssl_test_lib.erl index fd8af5efaa..a92b978ca9 100644 --- a/lib/ssl/test/ssl_test_lib.erl +++ b/lib/ssl/test/ssl_test_lib.erl @@ -807,22 +807,24 @@ send_selected_port(_,_,_) -> rsa_suites(CounterPart) -> ECC = is_sane_ecc(CounterPart), FIPS = is_fips(CounterPart), + CryptoSupport = crypto:supports(), + Ciphers = proplists:get_value(ciphers, CryptoSupport), lists:filter(fun({rsa, des_cbc, sha}) when FIPS == true -> false; ({dhe_rsa, des_cbc, sha}) when FIPS == true -> false; - ({rsa, _, _}) -> - true; - ({dhe_rsa, _, _}) -> - true; - ({ecdhe_rsa, _, _}) when ECC == true -> - true; - ({rsa, _, _, _}) -> - true; - ({dhe_rsa, _, _,_}) -> - true; - ({ecdhe_rsa, _, _,_}) when ECC == true -> - true; + ({rsa, Cipher, _}) -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); + ({dhe_rsa, Cipher, _}) -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); + ({ecdhe_rsa, Cipher, _}) when ECC == true -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); + ({rsa, Cipher, _, _}) -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); + ({dhe_rsa, Cipher, _,_}) -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); + ({ecdhe_rsa, Cipher, _,_}) when ECC == true -> + lists:member(Cipher, Ciphers); (_) -> false end, diff --git a/lib/ssl/test/ssl_to_openssl_SUITE.erl b/lib/ssl/test/ssl_to_openssl_SUITE.erl index 83a4dae0a1..06f419f8c6 100644 --- a/lib/ssl/test/ssl_to_openssl_SUITE.erl +++ b/lib/ssl/test/ssl_to_openssl_SUITE.erl @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ groups() -> basic_tests() -> [basic_erlang_client_openssl_server, basic_erlang_server_openssl_client, - expired_session]. + expired_session, + ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client_comp + ]. all_versions_tests() -> [ @@ -74,7 +76,8 @@ all_versions_tests() -> ciphers_dsa_signed_certs, erlang_client_bad_openssl_server, expired_session, - ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client]. + ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client + ]. alpn_tests() -> [erlang_client_alpn_openssl_server_alpn, @@ -181,7 +184,8 @@ special_init(TestCase, Config) {ok, Version} = application:get_env(ssl, protocol_version), check_sane_openssl_renegotaite(Config, Version); -special_init(ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client, Config) -> +special_init(Case, Config) when Case == ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client; + Case == ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client_comp -> case ssl_test_lib:supports_ssl_tls_version(sslv2) of true -> Config; @@ -955,8 +959,52 @@ ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client(Config) when is_list(Config) -> Data = "From openssl to erlang", Server = ssl_test_lib:start_server_error([{node, ServerNode}, {port, 0}, + {from, self()}, + {options, ServerOpts}]), + Port = ssl_test_lib:inet_port(Server), + + Exe = "openssl", + Args = ["s_client", "-connect", "localhost:" ++ integer_to_list(Port), + "-ssl2", "-msg"], + + OpenSslPort = ssl_test_lib:portable_open_port(Exe, Args), + true = port_command(OpenSslPort, Data), + + ct:log("Ports ~p~n", [[erlang:port_info(P) || P <- erlang:ports()]]), + receive + {'EXIT', OpenSslPort, _} = Exit -> + ct:log("Received: ~p ~n", [Exit]), + ok + end, + receive + {'EXIT', _, _} = UnkownExit -> + Msg = lists:flatten(io_lib:format("Received: ~p ~n", [UnkownExit])), + ct:log(Msg), + ct:comment(Msg), + ok + after 0 -> + ok + end, + ssl_test_lib:check_result(Server, {error, {tls_alert, "handshake failure"}}), + process_flag(trap_exit, false). +%%-------------------------------------------------------------------- +ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client_comp() -> + [{doc,"Test that ssl v2 clients are rejected"}]. + +ssl2_erlang_server_openssl_client_comp(Config) when is_list(Config) -> + process_flag(trap_exit, true), + ServerOpts = ssl_test_lib:ssl_options(server_opts, Config), + V2Compat = proplists:get_value(v2_hello_compatible, Config), + + ServerOpts = ssl_test_lib:ssl_options(server_opts, Config), + + {_, ServerNode, _} = ssl_test_lib:run_where(Config), + + Data = "From openssl to erlang", + + Server = ssl_test_lib:start_server_error([{node, ServerNode}, {port, 0}, {from, self()}, - {options, ServerOpts}]), + {options, [{v2_hello_compatible, V2Compat} | ServerOpts]}]), Port = ssl_test_lib:inet_port(Server), Exe = "openssl", diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/dets.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/dets.xml index 3b134d00b7..2e4261d72e 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/dets.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/dets.xml @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ <item> <p><c>{hash, Hash}</c> - Describes which BIF is used to calculate the hash values of the objects stored in the - <c>dets</c> table. Possible values of <c>Hash</c>:</p> + Dets table. Possible values of <c>Hash</c>:</p> <list> <item> <p><c>hash</c> - Implies that the <c>erlang:hash/2</c> BIF diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/ets.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/ets.xml index 3653c6a632..5f5d2b7f36 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/ets.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/ets.xml @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ variable that in turn is passed to the function.</p> <p>The parse transform is provided in the <c>ms_transform</c> module and the source <em>must</em> include - file <c>ms_transform.hrl</c> in <c>STDLIB</c> for this + file <c>ms_transform.hrl</c> in STDLIB for this pseudo function to work. Failing to include the hrl file in the source results in a runtime error, not a compile time error. The include file is easiest included by adding line @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ is_integer(X), is_integer(Y), X + Y < 4711]]></code> </taglist> <p>Whenever option <c>extended_info</c> is used, it results in a file not readable by versions of ETS before - that in <c>STDLIB</c> 1.15.1</p> + that in STDLIB 1.15.1</p> <p>If option <c>sync</c> is set to <c>true</c>, it ensures that the content of the file is written to the disk before <c>tab2file</c> returns. Defaults to <c>{sync, false}</c>.</p> @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ is_integer(X), is_integer(Y), X + Y < 4711]]></code> <p>A tuple <c>{<anno>Major</anno>,<anno>Minor</anno>}</c> containing the major and minor version of the file format for ETS table dumps. This - version field was added beginning with <c>STDLIB</c> 1.5.1. + version field was added beginning with STDLIB 1.5.1. Files dumped with older versions return <c>{0,0}</c> in this field.</p> </item> diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/notes.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/notes.xml index d8fec1147f..f0347703e7 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/notes.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/notes.xml @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ </item> <item> <p> - The <c>stdlib</c> reference manual is updated to show + The STDLIB reference manual is updated to show correct information about the return value of <c>gen_fsm:reply/2</c>.</p> <p> @@ -6236,7 +6236,7 @@ documentation for <c>compile</c> on how to provide the key for encrypting, and the documentation for <c>beam_lib</c> on how to provide the key for decryption so that tools such - as the Debugger, <c>xref</c>, or <c>cover</c> can be used.</p> + as the Debugger, Xref, or Cover can be used.</p> <p>The <c>beam_lib:chunks/2</c> functions now accepts an additional chunk type <c>compile_info</c> to retrieve the compilation information directly as a term. (Thanks diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/proc_lib.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/proc_lib.xml index 58ca5644cf..da03c39a26 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/proc_lib.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/proc_lib.xml @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ <p>When a process that is started using <c>proc_lib</c> terminates abnormally (that is, with another exit reason than <c>normal</c>, <c>shutdown</c>, or <c>{shutdown,Term}</c>), a <em>crash report</em> - is generated, which is written to terminal by the default <c>SASL</c> + is generated, which is written to terminal by the default SASL event handler. That is, the crash report is normally only visible - if the <c>SASL</c> application is started; see + if the SASL application is started; see <seealso marker="sasl:sasl_app"><c>sasl(6)</c></seealso> and section <seealso marker="sasl:error_logging">SASL Error Logging</seealso> in the SASL User's Guide.</p> diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/queue.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/queue.xml index a46ca47033..9f3aff03a3 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/queue.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/queue.xml @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ </func> <func> - <name name="liat" arity="1"/>v + <name name="liat" arity="1"/> <fsummary>Remove the tail item from a queue.</fsummary> <desc> <p>Returns a queue <c><anno>Q2</anno></c> that is the result of removing diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/stdlib_app.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/stdlib_app.xml index cde73269a8..f857cc394b 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/stdlib_app.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/stdlib_app.xml @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ <app>STDLIB</app> <appsummary>The STDLIB application.</appsummary> <description> - <p>The <c>STDLIB</c> application is mandatory in the sense that the minimal - system based on Erlang/OTP consists of <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c>. - The <c>STDLIB</c> application contains no services.</p> + <p>The STDLIB application is mandatory in the sense that the minimal + system based on Erlang/OTP consists of Kernel and STDLIB. + The STDLIB application contains no services.</p> </description> <section> <title>Configuration</title> - <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the <c>STDLIB</c> + <p>The following configuration parameters are defined for the STDLIB application. For more information about configuration parameters, see the <seealso marker="kernel:app"><c>app(4)</c></seealso> module in Kernel.</p> diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/timer.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/timer.xml index 8f2ce36b06..fcaccdb2cb 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/timer.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/timer.xml @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ is needed. This is useful during development, but in a target system the server is to be started explicitly. Use configuration parameters for - <seealso marker="kernel:index"><c>Kernel</c></seealso> for this.</p> + <seealso marker="kernel:index">Kernel</seealso> for this.</p> </desc> </func> diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/unicode_usage.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/unicode_usage.xml index 7f79ac88a1..efc8b75075 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/unicode_usage.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/unicode_usage.xml @@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ marker="stdlib:io"><c>io</c></seealso> module, the file handling, the <seealso marker="stdlib:unicode"><c>unicode</c></seealso> module, and - the bit syntax). Today most modules in <c>Kernel</c> and - <c>STDLIB</c>, as well as the VM are Unicode-aware.</p> + the bit syntax). Today most modules in Kernel and + STDLIB, as well as the VM are Unicode-aware.</p> </item> <tag>File I/O</tag> <item> @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ Eshell V5.10.1 (abort with ^G) file system). The Unicode character list is used to denote filenames or directory names. If the file system content is listed, you also get Unicode lists as return value. The support - lies in the <c>Kernel</c> and <c>STDLIB</c> modules, which is why + lies in the Kernel and STDLIB modules, which is why most applications (that does not explicitly require the filenames to be in the ISO Latin-1 range) benefit from the Unicode support without change.</p> @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ Eshell V5.10.1 (abort with ^G) <title>Notes About Raw Filenames</title> <marker id="notes-about-raw-filenames"/> <p>Raw filenames were introduced together with Unicode filename support - in <c>ERTS</c> 5.8.2 (Erlang/OTP R14B01). The reason "raw + in ERTS 5.8.2 (Erlang/OTP R14B01). The reason "raw filenames" were introduced in the system was to be able to represent filenames, specified in different encodings on the same system, diff --git a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/zip.xml b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/zip.xml index de23608046..0b5eac1e16 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/doc/src/zip.xml +++ b/lib/stdlib/doc/src/zip.xml @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <p>File information as in <seealso marker="kernel:file#read_file_info/1"> <c>file:read_file_info/1</c></seealso> - in <c>Kernel</c></p> + in Kernel</p> </item> <tag><c>comment</c></tag> <item> @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ prepended to filenames when extracting them from the zip archive. (Acting like <seealso marker="kernel:file#set_cwd/1"> - <c>file:set_cwd/1</c></seealso> in <c>Kernel</c>, + <c>file:set_cwd/1</c></seealso> in Kernel, but without changing the global <c>cwd</c> property.)</p> </item> </taglist> @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ (<c>cwd</c>). This is prepended to filenames when adding them, although not in the zip archive (acting like <seealso marker="kernel:file#set_cwd/1"> - <c>file:set_cwd/1</c></seealso> in <c>Kernel</c>, but without + <c>file:set_cwd/1</c></seealso> in Kernel, but without changing the global <c>cwd</c> property.).</p> </item> <tag><c>{compress, <anno>What</anno>}</c></tag> diff --git a/lib/stdlib/src/beam_lib.erl b/lib/stdlib/src/beam_lib.erl index fe9df601eb..d7ee5c1f5d 100644 --- a/lib/stdlib/src/beam_lib.erl +++ b/lib/stdlib/src/beam_lib.erl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ -type beam() :: module() | file:filename() | binary(). --type forms() :: [erl_parse:abstract_form()]. +-type forms() :: [erl_parse:abstract_form() | erl_parse:form_info()]. -type abst_code() :: {AbstVersion :: atom(), forms()} | 'no_abstract_code'. -type dataB() :: binary(). diff --git a/lib/syntax_tools/src/erl_tidy.erl b/lib/syntax_tools/src/erl_tidy.erl index 5d3fc6f062..9e273dfb84 100644 --- a/lib/syntax_tools/src/erl_tidy.erl +++ b/lib/syntax_tools/src/erl_tidy.erl @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ file__defaults() -> {verbose, false}]. default_printer() -> - fun (Tree, Options) -> erl_prettypr:format(Tree, Options) end. + fun erl_prettypr:format/2. %% ===================================================================== %% @spec file(Name) -> ok @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ file(Name) -> %% %% <dt>{printer, Function}</dt> %% <dd><ul> -%% <li>`Function = (syntaxTree()) -> string()'</li> +%% <li>`Function = (syntaxTree(), [term()]) -> string()'</li> %% </ul> %% %% Specifies a function for prettyprinting Erlang syntax trees. diff --git a/lib/tools/doc/src/xref_chapter.xml b/lib/tools/doc/src/xref_chapter.xml index 8b14e03064..872793bdcb 100644 --- a/lib/tools/doc/src/xref_chapter.xml +++ b/lib/tools/doc/src/xref_chapter.xml @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ operand of the intersection operator <c>*</c> is implicitly converted to the more special type of the second operand.</item> <tag><c>xref:q(s, "(Mod) tools").</c></tag> - <item>All modules of the <c>tools</c> application.</item> + <item>All modules of the Tools application.</item> <tag><c>xref:q(s, '"xref_.*" : Mod').</c></tag> <item>All modules with a name beginning with <c>xref_</c>.</item> <tag><c>xref:q(s, "# E | X ").</c></tag> @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ <tag><c>xref:q(s, "XC * (ME - strict ME)").</c></tag> <item>External calls within some module.</item> <tag><c>xref:q(s, "E ||| kernel").</c></tag> - <item>All calls within the <c>kernel</c> application. </item> + <item>All calls within the Kernel application. </item> <tag><c>xref:q(s, "closure E | kernel || kernel").</c></tag> - <item>All direct and indirect calls within the <c>kernel</c> + <item>All direct and indirect calls within the Kernel application. Both the calling and the used functions of indirect calls are defined in modules of the kernel application, but it is possible that some functions outside diff --git a/lib/tools/emacs/erlang-test.el b/lib/tools/emacs/erlang-test.el index 9a146632c5..ba6190d194 100644 --- a/lib/tools/emacs/erlang-test.el +++ b/lib/tools/emacs/erlang-test.el @@ -52,28 +52,42 @@ concatenated to form an erlang file to test on.") (ert-deftest erlang-test-tags () (let* ((dir (make-temp-file "erlang-test" t)) - (erlang-file (expand-file-name "erlang_test.erl" dir)) - (tags-file (expand-file-name "TAGS" dir)) - tags-file-name tags-table-list erlang-buffer) - (unwind-protect - (progn - (erlang-test-create-erlang-file erlang-file) - (erlang-test-compile-tags erlang-file tags-file) - (setq erlang-buffer (find-file-noselect erlang-file)) - (with-current-buffer erlang-buffer - (setq-local tags-file-name tags-file)) - ;; Setting global tags-file-name is a workaround for - ;; GNU Emacs bug#23164. - (setq tags-file-name tags-file) - (erlang-test-completion-table) - (erlang-test-xref-find-definitions erlang-file erlang-buffer)) - (when (buffer-live-p erlang-buffer) - (kill-buffer erlang-buffer)) - (let ((tags-buffer (find-buffer-visiting tags-file))) - (when (buffer-live-p tags-buffer) - (kill-buffer tags-buffer))) - (when (file-exists-p dir) - (delete-directory dir t))))) + (erlang-file (expand-file-name "erlang_test.erl" dir)) + (tags-file (expand-file-name "TAGS" dir)) + (old-tags-file-name (default-value 'tags-file-name)) + (old-tags-table-list (default-value 'tags-table-list)) + tags-file-name + tags-table-list + tags-table-set-list + erlang-buffer + erlang-mode-hook + prog-mode-hook + erlang-shell-mode-hook + tags-add-tables) + (unwind-protect + (progn + (setq-default tags-file-name nil) + (setq-default tags-table-list nil) + (erlang-test-create-erlang-file erlang-file) + (erlang-test-compile-tags erlang-file tags-file) + (setq erlang-buffer (find-file-noselect erlang-file)) + (with-current-buffer erlang-buffer + (setq-local tags-file-name tags-file)) + ;; Setting global tags-file-name is a workaround for + ;; GNU Emacs bug#23164. + (setq tags-file-name tags-file) + (erlang-test-complete-at-point tags-file) + (erlang-test-completion-table) + (erlang-test-xref-find-definitions erlang-file erlang-buffer)) + (when (buffer-live-p erlang-buffer) + (kill-buffer erlang-buffer)) + (let ((tags-buffer (find-buffer-visiting tags-file))) + (when (buffer-live-p tags-buffer) + (kill-buffer tags-buffer))) + (when (file-exists-p dir) + (delete-directory dir t)) + (setq-default tags-file-name old-tags-file-name) + (setq-default tags-table-list old-tags-table-list)))) (defun erlang-test-create-erlang-file (erlang-file) (with-temp-file erlang-file @@ -116,6 +130,54 @@ concatenated to form an erlang file to test on.") (should (eq expected-line (line-number-at-pos))) (should (= (point-at-bol) (point)))) +(defun erlang-test-complete-at-point (tags-file) + (with-temp-buffer + (erlang-mode) + (setq-local tags-file-name tags-file) + (insert "\nerlang_test:fun") + (erlang-complete-tag) + (should (looking-back "erlang_test:function")) + (insert "\nfun") + (erlang-complete-tag) + (should (looking-back "function")) + (insert "\nerlang_") + (erlang-complete-tag) + (should (looking-back "erlang_test:")))) + + +(ert-deftest erlang-test-compile-options () + (erlang-test-format-opt t + "t") + (erlang-test-format-opt nil + "nil") + (erlang-test-format-opt (cons 1 2) + "{1, 2}") + (erlang-test-format-opt (list 1) + "[1]") + (erlang-test-format-opt (list 1 2) + "[1, 2]") + (erlang-test-format-opt (list 1 2 3) + "[1, 2, 3]") + (erlang-test-format-opt 'symbol + "symbol") + (erlang-test-format-opt "string" + "\"string\"") + (erlang-test-format-opt [] + "{}") + (erlang-test-format-opt [1] + "{1}") + (erlang-test-format-opt [1 2] + "{1, 2}") + (erlang-test-format-opt [1 2 (3 [4 5 6] 7)] + "{1, 2, [3, {4, 5, 6}, 7]}")) + +(defun erlang-test-format-opt (elisp &optional expected-erlang) + (let ((erlang (inferior-erlang-format-opt elisp))) + (message "%s -> %s" elisp erlang) + (when expected-erlang + (should (equal erlang expected-erlang))) + erlang)) + (provide 'erlang-test) diff --git a/lib/tools/emacs/erlang.el b/lib/tools/emacs/erlang.el index a2062180f3..73c6b8d768 100644 --- a/lib/tools/emacs/erlang.el +++ b/lib/tools/emacs/erlang.el @@ -1436,8 +1436,6 @@ Other commands: (erlang-skel-init) (when (fboundp 'tempo-use-tag-list) (tempo-use-tag-list 'erlang-tempo-tags)) - (when (boundp 'xref-backend-functions) - (add-hook 'xref-backend-functions #'erlang-etags--xref-backend nil t)) (run-hooks 'erlang-mode-hook) (if (zerop (buffer-size)) (run-hooks 'erlang-new-file-hook))) @@ -1548,9 +1546,7 @@ Other commands: (set (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp) "[[:lower:]0-9_]+ *(.*) *-> *$") (set (make-local-variable 'outline-level) (lambda () 1)) (set (make-local-variable 'add-log-current-defun-function) - 'erlang-current-defun) - (set (make-local-variable 'find-tag-default-function) - 'erlang-find-tag-for-completion)) + 'erlang-current-defun)) (defun erlang-font-lock-init () "Initialize Font Lock for Erlang mode." @@ -3233,18 +3229,16 @@ With argument, do this that many times." (interactive "p") (or arg (setq arg 1)) (while (and (looking-at "[ \t]*[%\n]") - (zerop (forward-line 1)))) + (zerop (forward-line 1)))) ;; Move to the next clause. (erlang-beginning-of-clause (- arg)) (beginning-of-line);; Just to be sure... (let ((continue t)) (while (and (not (bobp)) continue) (forward-line -1) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (if (looking-at "[%\n]") - nil - (end-of-line) - (setq continue nil))))) + (unless (looking-at "[ \t]*[%\n]") + (end-of-line) + (setq continue nil))))) (defun erlang-mark-clause () "Put mark at end of clause, point at beginning." @@ -4352,11 +4346,6 @@ as on the old form `tag'. In the completion list, `module:tag' and `module:' shows up. -Call this function from an appropriate init file, or add it to -Erlang mode hook with the commands: - (add-hook 'erlang-mode-hook 'erlang-tags-init) - (add-hook 'erlang-shell-mode-hook 'erlang-tags-init) - This function only works under Emacs 18 and Emacs 19. Currently, It is not implemented under XEmacs. (Hint: The Emacs 19 etags module works under XEmacs.)" @@ -4367,11 +4356,16 @@ works under XEmacs.)" (setq erlang-tags-installed t)) (t (require 'etags) - ;; Test on a function available in the Emacs 19 version - ;; of tags but not in the XEmacs version. - (when (fboundp 'find-tag-noselect) - (erlang-tags-define-keys (current-local-map)) - (setq erlang-tags-installed t))))) + (set (make-local-variable 'find-tag-default-function) + 'erlang-find-tag-for-completion) + (if (>= emacs-major-version 25) + (add-hook 'xref-backend-functions + #'erlang-etags--xref-backend nil t) + ;; Test on a function available in the Emacs 19 version + ;; of tags but not in the XEmacs version. + (when (fboundp 'find-tag-noselect) + (erlang-tags-define-keys (current-local-map)) + (setq erlang-tags-installed t)))))) @@ -4775,8 +4769,6 @@ for a tag on the form `module:tag'." ;;; completion-table' containing all normal tags plus tags on the form ;;; `module:tag' and `module:'. -;; PENDING - Should probably make use of the -;; `completion-at-point-functions' hook instead of this advice. (when (and (locate-library "etags") (require 'etags) (fboundp 'etags-tags-completion-table) @@ -4784,11 +4776,7 @@ for a tag on the form `module:tag'." (if (fboundp 'advice-add) ;; Emacs 24.4+ (advice-add 'etags-tags-completion-table :around - (lambda (oldfun) - (if erlang-replace-etags-tags-completion-table - (erlang-etags-tags-completion-table) - (funcall oldfun))) - (list :name 'erlang-replace-tags-table)) + #'erlang-etags-tags-completion-table-advice) ;; Emacs 23.1-24.3 (defadvice etags-tags-completion-table (around erlang-replace-tags-table @@ -4797,6 +4785,11 @@ for a tag on the form `module:tag'." (setq ad-return-value (erlang-etags-tags-completion-table)) ad-do-it)))) +(defun erlang-etags-tags-completion-table-advice (oldfun) + (if erlang-replace-etags-tags-completion-table + (erlang-etags-tags-completion-table) + (funcall oldfun))) + (defun erlang-complete-tag () "Perform tags completion on the text around point. Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. @@ -4807,8 +4800,7 @@ about Erlang modules." (condition-case nil (require 'etags) (error nil)) - (cond ((and erlang-tags-installed - (fboundp 'etags-tags-completion-table) + (cond ((and (fboundp 'etags-tags-completion-table) (fboundp 'tags-lazy-completion-table)) ; Emacs 23.1+ (let ((erlang-replace-etags-tags-completion-table t)) (complete-tag))) @@ -5213,19 +5205,10 @@ The following special commands are available: (setq comint-input-ignoredups t) (setq comint-scroll-show-maximum-output t) (setq comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-output t) - ;; In Emacs 19.30, `add-hook' has got a `local' flag, use it. If - ;; the call fails, just call the normal `add-hook'. - (condition-case nil - (progn - (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions - 'inferior-erlang-strip-delete nil t) - (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions - 'inferior-erlang-strip-ctrl-m nil t)) - (error - (funcall (symbol-function 'make-local-hook) - 'comint-output-filter-functions) ; obsolete as of Emacs 21.1 - (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions 'inferior-erlang-strip-delete) - (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions 'inferior-erlang-strip-ctrl-m))) + (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions + 'inferior-erlang-strip-delete nil t) + (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions + 'inferior-erlang-strip-ctrl-m nil t) ;; Some older versions of comint don't have an input ring. (if (fboundp 'comint-read-input-ring) (progn @@ -5251,6 +5234,7 @@ The following special commands are available: (define-key map [menu-bar compilation] (cons "Errors" compilation-menu-map))) map))))) + (erlang-tags-init) (run-hooks 'erlang-shell-mode-hook)) @@ -5730,31 +5714,29 @@ unless the optional NO-DISPLAY is non-nil." (defun inferior-erlang-format-comma-opts (opts) (if (null opts) "" - (concat ", " (inferior-erlang-format-opts opts)))) - -(defun inferior-erlang-format-opts (opts) - (concat "[" (inferior-erlang-string-join (mapcar 'inferior-erlang-format-opt - opts) - ", ") - "]")) + (concat ", " (inferior-erlang-format-opt opts)))) (defun inferior-erlang-format-opt (opt) (cond ((stringp opt) (concat "\"" opt "\"")) - ((atom opt) (format "%s" opt)) - ((consp opt) (concat "{" (inferior-erlang-string-join - (mapcar 'inferior-erlang-format-opt - (list (car opt) (cdr opt))) - ", ") - "}")) - (t (error (format "Unexpected opt %s" opt))))) - -(defun inferior-erlang-string-join (strs sep) - (let ((result (or (car strs) ""))) - (setq strs (cdr strs)) - (while strs - (setq result (concat result sep (car strs))) - (setq strs (cdr strs))) - result)) + ((vectorp opt) (inferior-erlang-tuple (append opt nil))) + ((atom opt) (format "%s" opt)) + ((consp opt) (if (listp (cdr opt)) + (inferior-erlang-list opt) + (inferior-erlang-tuple (list (car opt) (cdr opt))))) + (t (error "Unexpected erlang compile option %s" opt)))) + +(defun inferior-erlang-tuple (opts) + (concat "{" (mapconcat 'inferior-erlang-format-opt + opts + ", ") + "}")) + +(defun inferior-erlang-list (opts) + (concat "[" (mapconcat 'inferior-erlang-format-opt + opts + ", ") + "]")) + (defun erlang-local-buffer-file-name () ;; When editing a file remotely via tramp, diff --git a/lib/tools/src/make.erl b/lib/tools/src/make.erl index 26378f28a0..37e67cbe34 100644 --- a/lib/tools/src/make.erl +++ b/lib/tools/src/make.erl @@ -317,5 +317,7 @@ check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime) -> epp:close(Epp), false; {error, _Error} -> + check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime); + {warning, _Warning} -> check_includes2(Epp, File, ObjMTime) end. diff --git a/lib/tools/test/make_SUITE_data/test1.erl b/lib/tools/test/make_SUITE_data/test1.erl index f4a133008e..9e21bdc767 100644 --- a/lib/tools/test/make_SUITE_data/test1.erl +++ b/lib/tools/test/make_SUITE_data/test1.erl @@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ -vsn('$Revision: /main/release/2 $'). -compile(export_all). +-warning("a warning"). + f1() -> true. diff --git a/system/doc/design_principles/statem.xml b/system/doc/design_principles/statem.xml index f785ca9650..57e47431b8 100644 --- a/system/doc/design_principles/statem.xml +++ b/system/doc/design_principles/statem.xml @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <p> This section is to be read with the <seealso marker="stdlib:gen_statem"><c>gen_statem(3)</c></seealso> - manual page in <c>STDLIB</c>, where all interface functions and callback + manual page in STDLIB, where all interface functions and callback functions are described in detail. </p> <note> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ start_link(Code) -> as <c>{global,Name}</c>, then the <c>gen_statem</c> is registered using <seealso marker="kernel:global#register_name/2"><c>global:register_name/2</c></seealso> - in <c>Kernel</c>. + in Kernel. </p> </item> <item> diff --git a/system/doc/efficiency_guide/advanced.xml b/system/doc/efficiency_guide/advanced.xml index 016302fe50..eee2648f34 100644 --- a/system/doc/efficiency_guide/advanced.xml +++ b/system/doc/efficiency_guide/advanced.xml @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ <seealso marker="erts:erl#max_processes"><c>+P</c></seealso> command-line flag in the <seealso marker="erts:erl"><c>erl(1)</c></seealso> - manual page in <c>erts</c>.</cell> + manual page in ERTS.</cell> </row> <row> <cell>Known nodes</cell> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ <seealso marker="erts:erl#max_ports"><c>+Q</c></seealso> command-line flag in the <seealso marker="erts:erl"><c>erl(1)</c></seealso> manual page - in <c>erts</c>.</cell> + in ERTS.</cell> </row> <row> <cell><marker id="files_sockets"></marker>Open files and diff --git a/system/doc/efficiency_guide/profiling.xml b/system/doc/efficiency_guide/profiling.xml index 1f3d503170..bf50a03fa6 100644 --- a/system/doc/efficiency_guide/profiling.xml +++ b/system/doc/efficiency_guide/profiling.xml @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ performance impact. Using <c>fprof</c> is just a matter of calling a few library functions, see the <seealso marker="tools:fprof">fprof</seealso> manual page in - <c>tools</c> .<c>fprof</c> was introduced in R8.</p> + Tools .<c>fprof</c> was introduced in R8.</p> </section> <section> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ and in which function calls this time has been spent. Time is shown as percentage of total time and absolute time. For more information, see the <seealso marker="tools:eprof">eprof</seealso> - manual page in <c>tools</c>.</p> + manual page in Tools.</p> </section> <section> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ optimization. Using <c>cover</c> is just a matter of calling a few library functions, see the <seealso marker="tools:cover">cover</seealso> manual page in - <c>tools</c>.</p> + Tools.</p> </section> <section> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ any modules to profile (compared with <c>cover</c>). For more information, see the <seealso marker="tools:cprof">cprof</seealso> manual page in - <c>tools</c>.</p> + Tools.</p> </section> <section> diff --git a/system/doc/embedded/embedded_nt.xml b/system/doc/embedded/embedded_nt.xml index a1a4b90f3c..8e05100585 100644 --- a/system/doc/embedded/embedded_nt.xml +++ b/system/doc/embedded/embedded_nt.xml @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <p>For Windows NT running on standard PCs with ISA and/or PCI bus, an extension card with a hardware watchdog can be installed.</p> <p>For more information, see the <c>heart(3)</c> manual page in - <c>kernel</c>.</p> + Kernel.</p> </section> </section> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ to install the Erlang process as a Windows system service. This service can start after Windows NT has booted.</p> <p>For more information, see the <c>erlsrv</c> manual page - in <c>erts</c>.</p> + in ERTS.</p> </section> </chapter> diff --git a/system/doc/embedded/embedded_solaris.xml b/system/doc/embedded/embedded_solaris.xml index f8febcc546..eaa334fb39 100644 --- a/system/doc/embedded/embedded_solaris.xml +++ b/system/doc/embedded/embedded_solaris.xml @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ esac</pre> the onboard hardware watchdog can be activated, provided a VME bus driver is added to the operating system (see also Installation Problems).</p> - <p>See also the <c>heart(3)</c> manual page in <c>kernel</c>.</p> + <p>See also the <c>heart(3)</c> manual page in Kernel.</p> </section> <section> @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ esac</pre> <pre> chown 0 /usr/sbin/reboot chmod 4755 /usr/sbin/reboot</pre> - <p>See also the <c>heart(3)</c> manual page in <c>kernel</c>.</p> + <p>See also the <c>heart(3)</c> manual page in Kernel.</p> </section> <section> @@ -413,8 +413,8 @@ chown root mod_syslog]]></code> <section> <title>Related Documents</title> <p>See the <c>os_mon(3)</c> application, - the <c>application(3)</c> manual page in <c>kernel</c>, - and the <c>erl(1)</c> manual page in <c>erts</c>.</p> + the <c>application(3)</c> manual page in Kernel, + and the <c>erl(1)</c> manual page in ERTS.</p> </section> </section> @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ chown root mod_syslog]]></code> default, it must be called <c>start</c> and reside in <c><![CDATA[<ERL_INSTALL_DIR>/bin]]></c>. Another start program can be used, by using configuration parameter - <c>start_prg</c> in application <c>sasl</c>.</p> + <c>start_prg</c> in application SASL.</p> <p>The start program must call <c>run_erl</c> as shown below. It must also take an optional parameter, which defaults to <c><![CDATA[<ERL_INSTALL_DIR>/releases/start_erl.data]]></c>.</p> @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ chown root mod_syslog]]></code> <p>The <c><![CDATA[<RELDIR>]]></c> directory is where new release packets are installed, and where the release handler keeps information about releases. For more information, see the - <c>release_handler(3)</c> manual page in <c>sasl</c>.</p> + <c>release_handler(3)</c> manual page in SASL.</p> <p>The following script illustrates the default behaviour of the program:</p> <code type="none"><![CDATA[ @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ export RELDIR exec $BINDIR/erlexec -boot $RELDIR/$VSN/start -config $RELDIR/$VSN/sys $*</code> <p>If a diskless and/or read-only client node with the - <c>sasl</c> configuration parameter <c>static_emulator</c> set + SASL configuration parameter <c>static_emulator</c> set to <c>true</c> is about to start, the <c>-boot</c> and <c>-config</c> flags must be changed.</p> <p>As such a client cannot diff --git a/system/doc/embedded/starting.xml b/system/doc/embedded/starting.xml index 720383e8ac..11bf9b412a 100644 --- a/system/doc/embedded/starting.xml +++ b/system/doc/embedded/starting.xml @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ default, it must be called <c>start</c> and reside in <c><![CDATA[<ERL_INSTALL_DIR>/bin]]></c>. Another start program can be used, by using the configuration parameter <c>start_prg</c> in - the application <c>sasl</c>.</p> + application SASL.</p> <p>The start program must call <c>run_erl</c> as shown below. It must also take an optional parameter which defaults to <c><![CDATA[<ERL_INSTALL_DIR>/bin/start_erl.data]]></c>. @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ </p> <p>The <c><![CDATA[<RELDIR>]]></c> directory is where new release packets are installed, and where the release handler keeps information - about releases. See <c>release_handler(3)</c> in the - application <c>sasl</c> for further information. + about releases. See <c>release_handler(3)</c> in + application SASL for further information. </p> <p>The following script illustrates the default behaviour of the program. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ export PROGNAME export RELDIR exec $BINDIR/erlexec -boot $RELDIR/$VSN/start -config $RELDIR/$VSN/sys $* </code> - <p>If a diskless and/or read-only client node with the <c>sasl</c> + <p>If a diskless and/or read-only client node with the SASL configuration parameter <c>static_emulator</c> set to <c>true</c> is about to start the <c>-boot</c> and <c>-config</c> flags must be changed. As such a client can not read a new <c>start_erl.data</c> diff --git a/system/doc/oam/oam_intro.xml b/system/doc/oam/oam_intro.xml index cdcb6e3111..8b8d69e638 100644 --- a/system/doc/oam/oam_intro.xml +++ b/system/doc/oam/oam_intro.xml @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ <section> <title>MIB Structure</title> <p>The top-level OTP MIB is called <c>OTP-REG</c> and it is - included in the <c>sasl</c> application. All other OTP MIBs + included in the SASL application. All other OTP MIBs import some objects from this MIB.</p> <p>Each MIB is contained in one application. The MIB text @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <c><![CDATA[include/<MIB>.hrl]]></c>, and the compiled MIBs are stored under <c><![CDATA[priv/mibs/<MIB>.bin]]></c>. For example, the <c>OTP-MIB</c> is included in the - <c>sasl</c> application:</p> + SASL application:</p> <code type="none"> sasl-1.3/mibs/OTP-MIB.mib @@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ snmp:c("MY-MIB", [{il, ["sasl/priv/mibs"]}]).</code> <p>The following MIBs are defined in the OTP system:</p> <list type="bulleted"> - <item><p><c>OTP-REG)</c> (in <c>sasl</c>) contains the top-level + <item><p><c>OTP-REG)</c> (in SASL) contains the top-level OTP registration objects, used by all other MIBs.</p></item> - <item><p><c>OTP-TC</c> (in <c>sasl</c>) contains the general + <item><p><c>OTP-TC</c> (in SASL) contains the general Textual Conventions, which can be used by any other MIB.</p></item> - <item><p><c>OTP-MIB</c> (in <c>sasl</c>) contains objects for + <item><p><c>OTP-MIB</c> (in SASL) contains objects for instrumentation of the Erlang nodes, the Erlang machines, and the applications in the system.</p></item> <item><p><c>OTP-OS-MON-MIB</c> (in <c>oc_mon</c>) contains diff --git a/system/doc/programming_examples/records.xml b/system/doc/programming_examples/records.xml index da346dd0b3..074aa636b4 100644 --- a/system/doc/programming_examples/records.xml +++ b/system/doc/programming_examples/records.xml @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ person</pre> at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the <seealso marker="stdlib:shell">shell(3)</seealso> - manual page in <c>stdlib</c>.</p> + manual page in STDLIB.</p> </section> <section> diff --git a/system/doc/reference_manual/typespec.xml b/system/doc/reference_manual/typespec.xml index f17e5df277..1899efd5f3 100644 --- a/system/doc/reference_manual/typespec.xml +++ b/system/doc/reference_manual/typespec.xml @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <list type="bulleted"> <item>To document function interfaces</item> <item>To provide more information for bug detection tools, - such as <c>Dialyzer</c></item> + such as Dialyzer</item> <item>To be exploited by documentation tools, such as EDoc, for generating program documentation of various forms</item> </list> |